







•*^^o^ 







%,^^ .^^\ %/ ^^-^^- -^ 
















o^^-^^-^R 




.^•n... '^^ 












• '^ * • •» 




/.. v^-/ \'^\/ v^^V \*^ 




^"•'t.. -^ 


















"^o^ 







^^ **Tr; 




V 'i^ 



•" A*^ ... ^^ 







.-^^^ 







°o ,/\.j|i^'.V oO^.>^^*-o ./\.a^'.--^. 





V 



0^ ^^ '... 




























.•^-^ 



.^•n.^. ^.^ 






\.*" -'^ 









^o.. .w^\-^^%v c°\**>^%"- .^^\-^t%. c^/; 



DH-' 



/ 



p. 

Conrjressional 

(j&mmittses. 

13Ap'03 



•'?v 





/ 




Seattle 



...and the... 



Orient. 



Souvenir Editicn. 



Cbe Seattle Daily times 

CONTAINING the past and present of 
Seattle, showing how very consid- 
erable its many manufacturing 
interests have become and the importance 
and standing of its wholesale trade. The 
range of subjects taken up embrace every- 
thing in relation to Seattle, from its location 
on Elliott Bay to its desirability as a resi- 
dence city. Its Illustrations show its harbor, 
its shipping, its principal manufacturing 
concerns, wholesale houses, street scenes; 
also its parks, lakes and suburban lines. 

The lumbering as carried on in Western 
Washington is given very particular atten- 
tion and in addition to showing the large 
mills, many scenes of logging camps are 
presented. The contents include Seattle's 
varied resources, from the virgin gold of 
Alaska to its coal mines near at home, from 
its fish supply to its farm products. 



EDITED AND COMPILED BY 

ALFRED D. BOWEN. 



Published by 

THE TIMES PRINTING CO. 

Seattle, Wash,, U, S, A, 
1900, 

PRICE 25 CENTS. 







^ 






INTRODUCTION. 



*-^*S^"^5«-* 




Y waj' of introduction the 
writer desires to state that 
"Seattle and the Orient" is 
published to act as an 
opening wedge into a 
country up to this time 
very little known to people resid- 
ing upon Puget Sound. It is for 
the purpose of introducing ourselves to 
the people doing business in Siberia, 
China, Japan, the China Archipelago, 
the Philippines and Hawaii, and to 
eventually open a way by which closer 
trade relations may be promoted, that 
this book has been published. The 
subjects treated are in no instance 
overdrawn, but are secured by direct 
contact with the people interested, and 
are plain matter of fact statements of 
affairs as they exist in Seattle and in 
Western Washington. The illustra- 
tions shown are the best procurable, 
and will afford the reader a fair idea 
of what can be found in the metropolis 
of America's great Mediterranean. 
Such a showing as the following pages 
make cannot help but impress even the 
most casual observer that Seattle has 
a future before it of very great mag- 
nitude. Unquestionably it is destin- 
ed to become the largest city upon the 



Pacific Coast. It has every material 
advantage to make it so- it has almost 
every imaginable resource upon which 
to draw for support; it is the center of 
one of the greatest lumbering sections 
in the world; it 'has inexhaustible coal 
mines; it is the central point from 
which the gold fields of Alaska and the 
British Northwest Territory are reach- 
ed; it is practically the center of all 
the mineral wealth of the Northwest; 
and it is moreover the natural geo- 
graphical entrepot for the great Ori- 
ental markets, a fact which in time will 
make it the greatest shipping port in 
the United States. An attempt has 
been made to enumerate its varied re- 
sources in succeeding pages, and a 
story has been told which will prove 
'both interesting and instructive. It 
has been the aim of the writer to take 
up the industrial side of Seattle and 
portray a condition as near the actual 
as possible. The information in all 
cases has been received from direct in- 
terviews by those actively engaged. The 
same thing can be said of its whole- 
sale and jobbing houses, and of its 
banking interests and financial affairs. 
Very great care has been exercised 
in all cases to avoid anything which 



would look like exaggeration, and it 
is hoped that whoever may peruse this 
volume may form a pleasing opinion 
of it. 

In handling the matter Which goes 
to make up this ibook, the various sub- 
jects have been sub-divided and classed 
under appropriate headings, and the 
aim has been to make each article as 
pointed and as terse as possible. The 
pictures from which illustrations have 
been made have, in most instances, 
been taken expressly for this publica- 
tion and are from subjects selected by 
the publisher. The Seattle Daily 
Times takes no little pride in being 
able to present to the public a volume 
of so much general merit as is possess- 
ed in this one. Were it not for the 
general enterprise of the people who 
make up its inhabitants, it would be 
impossible to make such a showing 



as has been made, but the Seattle spirit 
naturally predominates and the result 
shows for itself. 

At no time in its history has Seattle 
grown so rapidly as it is growing now. 
New packing houses, new sawmills, 
machinery houses, planing mills, and 
other establishments that employ a 
greater or less number of men, are 
being built, and a general air of im- 
provement prevails on all sides. The 
city as a municipality is not behind 
in the general march of improvement, 
for it has commenced on a very exten- 
sive scale very considerable street im- 
provements and work of this character, 
all of which adds to the steadily ad- 
vancing progress. 

There can be no doubt but that Se- 
attle will continue its steady growth 
for a great many years. 



^ 




^ a; SEATTLE ^^ a; 

ITS PAST, PRESENT AND FUTURE, 



By ALDEN J, BLETHEN 
Editor in Chief, Seattle Daily Times, 




HEN William Henry 
Seward, as Secretary of 
State for the United 
States of America, pur- 
chased Alaska in 1867— 
a territory containing 
nearly six hundred thousand square 
miles and extending from the Arctic 
Ocean to Dixon's Entrance, at 54 de- 
grees and 40 minutes north latitude, 
where the boundary line between the 
United States and Canada should have 
been established — there was scarcely 
a hamlet on Elliott Bay, where now 
sits enthroned a magnificent young 
Giantess — the "Queen City of the 
Mediterranean" of the Pacific — "Se- 
attle," with her one hundred thousand 
energetic, pushing, rushing, throbbing 
and enthusiastic people! 

In 1869, when this same great states- 
man determined to visit the southern 
portion of the mighty domain wherein 
his prophetic vision had discovered 



untold wealth in mineral deposits, and 
had passed through Seattle on his way, 
there were not a dozen houses, only a 
few shops, and a very common "land- 
ing" to be found at "the port" named 
after the leader of a great Indian tribe. 
But in spite of the insignificance of 
the "hamlet," fhe obscurity of the 
"port," the paucity of population and 
the absence of all railway facilities, 
the former great Secretary went to 
Alaska— not by way of the Golden 
Gate, as many foolish men have since 
done, but by the way of Seattle — and 
the great American people as well as 
many foreigners are following suit to- 
day, for more than one hundred thou- 
sand gold miners have passed and re- 
passed its gates since the discovery of 
gold in the Northwest Teriitory, and 
later in Southern Alaska, in the lower 
valleys of the Yukon 'and along the 
Bering Sea shore — especially at Cape 
Nome, Cape York and Cape Prince of 
"Wales. 



8 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



Even after Henry Villard had suc- 
ceeded in driving tlie "golden spike" 
that completed a transcontinental rail- 
way line to the Pacific Coast — SeaJttle 
had but ten thousand people — but even 
then she had shipyards, foundries, 
naachine shops, sawmills, lumber yards, 
breweries and manufactories of furni- 
ture, carriages, crackers, barrels, boxes, 
cigars and medicines. 

The Seattle of 1900, however, not 
only has all those industries, multipli- 
ed and intensified a thousandfold, but 
she has increased her population "ten 
times" in the seventeen years which 
have intervened. To demonstrate the 
former point we need only point out 
the fact that there are four thousand 
firms engaged in business in this city, 
representing two hundred and fifty dif- 
ferent lines of 'business — and that in 
many lines there is absolutely no com- 
petition, while in other lines competi- 
tors multiply and increase into the 
hundreds. 

The Seattle of today is the commer- 
cial metropolis of Puget Sound— a 
great arm of the ocean, which extends 
up from Cape Flattery, through the 
Straits of Juan de Fuca to Olympia, the 
capital of the commonwealth, for a 
distance of three hundred miles — and 
has no rival either along this magnifi- 
cent body of inland water, nor along 
the entire Coast — 'and with no possi- 
bility of any rival north of San 
Francisco, a thousand miles away to 
the South, in the next hundred years. 

To understand what it means to be 
the metropolis of a commonwealth like 
Washington — both from the standpoint 
of commerce and population— one 
needs only to remem'ber the immense 
possibilities of this great state when 
the products of the mines, the soil, the 
forests and the sea be taken into con- 
sideration. 

The area of Washington represents 
sixty-nine thousand square miles— 
with a population of six hundred 



thousand souls. The state is divided 
into three great climatic belts and real- 
ly has but two seasons — the "rainy'* 
and the "dry" — wherein the thermome- 
ter rarely exceeds 70 above in summer 
nor 28 above in winter. On the Pacific 
Coast the rainfall frequently reaches 
one hundred and twenty-five inches 
per annum, while a fall of sixty-five 
inches occurs in the Puget Sound coun- 
try and about fifteen inches in the 
great plateau lying between the Cas- 
cade Mountains and the Rockies, and 
known as "Eastern Washington." 

When one considers that the mineral 
deposits of Northern and Eastern 
Washington — consisiting of gold, silver, 
copper,lead and coal.are to be found in 
greater quantities and in richer veins 
than in any other state of the nation, 
he may begin to calculate the vastness 
of the wealth from these sources 
alone. In the judgment of experts, 
there are copper mines in the Cascades 
that will exceed the famous Anaconda 
mine of Montana, and gold and silver 
deposits to be found in the great coun- 
ties of New Whatcom and Okanogan, 
whic'h will eclipse the famous mines of 
Cripple Creek in Colorado. 

In the matter of coal, in quantity 
the deposit is almost inexhausti- 
ble, and the quality is not equaled west 
of the coal fields of Pennsylvania. 
When one considers that Southern Cal- 
ifornia has an excess of iron ore and 
no coal, w'hile Washington has an 
abundance of coal, but little iron yet 
discovered, the opportunities for the 
opening up of great steel and iron 
manufactories in Seattle, by exchang- 
ing Washington coal for California 
iron ore, will be apparent, and one 
would scarcely dare to place a limit 
thereto. 

Taking up the item of lumber — let 
the world gaze on these figures: The 
State of Washington has thirty-five 
counties — and in every one there is a 
great growth of timber yet uncut. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIIvNT. 



While some counties contain less than 
a '"billion feet," these counties tell 
their own tales: Clallam, Snohom- 
ish and Whatcom over 25,000,000,000 
each— Lewis 30,000,000,000— Jefferson 
32.000,000,000. and Che'halis alone 39.- 
000,000.000 — making one grand aggre- 
gate in the entire thirty-five counties 
of the Commonwealth of "five hundred 
billion feet" of merchantable lumber! 
Who dares put a value to the timber 
interests of Washington? Lumber to- 



nearly "five billion" feet, in which were 
included more than 212,000.000 feet of 
timber and over 3,451,000,000 shingles. 
Coming to the product of the soil 
of the great Commonwealth of Wash- 
ington, there is probably no other state 
in the Union that touches it in diver- 
sification and quality when the fruit 
product be added to the agricultural. 
No such potatoes, squashes, melons. 
New England pumpkins, to say noth- 
ing of carrots, turnips and beets, were 




Railroad Avende. 



day may be worth $12 a thousand, but 
who 'Will say what it will be worth in 
twenty-five years from today, when the 
timber interests of this great Common- 
wealth will be in full flow of commer- 
cial demand? 

It will not be out of place to say here 
briefly that a vast number of lumber 
mills have been erected and are in ac- 
tive operation throughout the Puget 
Sound country, and that the cut for 
1899 reached the enormous figures of 



ever turned out of any soil — and when 
one comes to the farm gardening, in- 
volving strawberries, currants, goose- 
berries, raspberries, cherries, pears, 
plums and peaches, one may travel a 
million miles and never see the "quan- 
tities" nor taste "flavor" like that of 
the products of Washington. 

Strawberries that grow as large as 
tomatoes in Eastern States, have the 
flavor of the field strawberry of New 
England. The peaches of the North 



lO 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



Yakima district, which is only a typi- 
cal belt, lying between the great 
mountain ranges of the Cascades and 
the Rockies, have never been qualed 
upon the Pacific Coast. Michigan nor 
Massachusetts jiever exceeded Wash- 
ington in the quality of her apples, nor 
came within a gunshot of her pears 
and plums. 

We believe it to be no exaggeration 
to say that Washington furnishes op- 
portunities for a population of ten 
millions of people — every one of whom 
could be actively employed, before her 
vast resources would be covered, and 
that it would take a thousand years to 
exhaust them all. 

But it is not alone in the mines, 
where men dig for the precious metals 
— and that mineral which helps heat 
and light our homes and becomes a 
part of the piower which makes our 
industries possible — but out of Puget 
Sound, the greatest inland sea of salt 
water bounded by any portion of the 
American continent, and along the 
shores of the Pacific Ocean, which 
forms the western boundary of the 
•commonwealth, is to be found a never 
ending source of wealth — ^the "fishing 
industries" that have made both Sound 
and Coast famous throughout the 
world. 

And it will be proper to state here 
that, because of the extraordinary tem- 
perature of the Pacific Ocean and the 
mountain streams in this latitude, the 
finest quality of fish which the oceans 
of the earth produce, are caught 
out of the fresh water streams and 
lakes of Washington and taken from 
Puget Sound and the Pacific Coast, 
lying within the limits and boundaries 
of this state. 

In the fresh water streams may be 
found abundance of the speckled sal- 
mon trout — and from the salt water is 
obtained the halibut, the salmon, the 
cod, the mackerel, as well as a crab of 
great size and most delicious fiavor. 



to say nothing of oysters w'hich even 
rival the blue points of the Atlantic, 
— and from this great variety there was 
packed in the canneries of Washington 
alone last year, more than a "million 
cases" of salmon — and all were gath- 
ered within the short season of July, 
August and September, which repre- 
sent the months in which these fishes 
"run." 

Of the future of Seattle we consider 
ourselves wholly unable to speak. To 
an optimistic mind there opens up a 
vision of the future, ladened with a 
wealth of natural and artificial pro- 
ducts, a golden harvest of metals, and 
a commercial trade with five hundred 
million people, who inhabit nations 
whose boundaries touch the other side 
of the Pacific waters, that are so start- 
ling in the commercial values which 
will represent them in the next fif- 
ty years, that to state what ithe proba- 
bilities really are would be to use such 
terms as would lead the ordinary 
reader to believe that the author had 
really "gone mad" on the future 
growth of this commonwealth, and the 
possibilities of its metropolitan city. 

Therefore, suffice it to say, that if in 
the period intervening 'between 1848 — 
when gold was first discovered in Cal- 
ifornia — and its semi-centennial anni- 
versary in 1898, there were taken from 
the bowels of the earth in that state 
more than a "thousand million of dol- 
lars," the indications are that more 
than three times that amount of the 
shining metal will be taken from 
Alaska and the State of Washington in 
the period of time that will elapse be- 
tween 1900 and 1950. 

Gold, to any considerable extent, was 
not really discovered in the Northwest 
Pacific country, bordering on the 
Arctic Ocean, until 1897 — yet since that 
time more than "one hundred mil- 
lions" of gold have been dug out of the 
earth in Southern Alaska and the 
Northwest Territory, whose center is 



SRATTI.E AND THE ORIENT. 



II 



Dawson city, the valleys of the Yukon 
and along the Alaskan shores of Be- 
ring Sea — of which more than nineteen 
millions have been brought to the 
Government Assay Oflfice in Seattle 
alone, within a period of eighteen 
months prior to September 1, 1899! 
From all these evidences we do not 



commercial trade from every point of 
the vast Pacific, including the Hawaii- 
an Islands, the Philippine possessions, 
the mighty trade of the Alaskan Coast 
— combined with the trade of China, 
Japan, Korea and Russia — will all have 
aggregated a tonnage and a value that 
will place Seattle among all the cities 



'.^-v.-f- 




SoME Views of Seattle. 



believe that we shall prove to be a 
false prophet when we predict that be- 
fore the year 1925 shall have been 
reached the population of Seattle will 
have passed the half millionth point, 
the Commonwealth as a whole the 
three millionth mark — and that the 



of America next to New York as 
commercial seaport. 




A BIT OF HISTORY, 



•»-^^»f^*^5«S-«- 



Seattle is not an old town; in fact, 
in writing a bit of history regarding 
this phenomenally prosperous and 
flourishing city of the year 1900, one 
has only to look back fifty years to 
see an absolute wilderness on the 
spot where this city now stands. The 
flrsit settlement made on Elliott Bay 
was in 1851. The first white man who 
settled here was D. T. Denny, who in 
September of that year located a claim 
on the east side of the bay, and in 
the spring of 1852 built a cabin and 
moved his family here. Among other 
pioneers who first 'buildt cabins and 
star'ted a settlement in what is now 
Seattle were W. N. Bell, C. D. Boren, 
A. A. Denny and D. S. Maynard. W. 
N. Bell built a cabin on the site of 
Bell Town, now North Seattle; C. D. 
Boren built on the eminence after- 
wards known as Fort Decatur at the 
foot of Cherry Street; D. S. Maynard 
built his cabin near the site of the 
New England Hotel; while that of D. 
T. Denny was a mile and a half north 
of that occupied by the Bell family, or 
near where Kinnear Park is located to- 
day. Later in the same year H. L. 
Yesler and other settlers found their 
way here. These cabins were built 
after the usual fashion and consisted 
of fir logs covered with cedar shakes. 
and usually contained but one room. 
They were primitive in the extreme; 
but although primitive and rudely 
fashioned, they were none the less pic- 
turesque and afforded habi'table homes 
for those hardy pioneers who had ven- 
tured much in opening up a new ter- 
ritory. In looking over the magnifi- 
cent city that has since risen upon the 
site of those early homes, one can 



scarcely conceive of Seattle having 
been densely covered with an almost 
impenetrable forest less than fifty 
years ago. From 1852 until 1857 very 
little Change occurred to give Seattle 
much importance as a coming metro- 
polis, but beginning about 1857 it be- 
gan to attract to itself qui'te a few 
settlers, and the next few years, fol- 
lowing in quick succession, very con- 
siderable progress was made, until 
Seattle began to be spoken of as a vil- 
lage of some importance. However, 't 
was not until along in the latter part 
of the seventies that the town had 
reached over three thousand inhabi- 
tants. When Jay Cook began to point 
his great railroad enterprise to the 
West, the people of Seattle began to 
realize that their position on Puget 
Sound would eventually become one of 
importance. The people who cast their 
lot here in those and succeeding days 
have been well repaid for their per- 
spicacity, and the faith which domin- 
ated every early citizen on Elliott Bay 
(and which took root at this period) 
has never wavered from that day to 
this, and the Seattle spirit, which 
stands for progress, and for united ef- 
fort, is as thoroughly embedded today 
as at any time in its history. Because 
of its permeation in every strata of its 
business life Seattle has unaided and 
entirely free from all corporate influ- 
ence, successfully forged to the front, 
until today it has absolutely no rival, 
and the day is not far distant when it 
will become the chief city on the Pa- 
cific Coast. Can any one question its 
great future when tney stop to think 
that this city of 90,000 inhabitants 
was a wilderness but forty-nine years 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



13 



ago? If such great progress has been 
made during that period, what will 
the next forty-nine years bring forth? 
It might not be out of place in brief- 
ly speaking of the history of Seattle to 
state that the name originates from 
the name given to an Indian chief who 
lived in this vicinity. It can also be 
remarked by way of preface that Chie" 
Seattle and his squaw Evangeline 



timely warnings (perhaps from Chief 
Seattle himself) Port Decatur was 
thrown up, and with this defense and 
the assistance of a government vessel 
which happened to be lying in the bay, 
the Indians were repulsed and the In- 
dian war was at an end. 

In 1863 the first newspaper was pub- 
lished; in 1864 the Territorial Court 
was established; in 1869 a Town Gov- 



■foT^v 





Second Avenue Looking North. 



were well-known characters up to 
within a very few years past, but they 
have since been gathered to their 
fathers. 

In 1855 the Indians and whites had 
an open rupture, and most of the sur- 
rounding country settlements were dis- 
turbed and a number of people killed. 
On the 26th of January, 1856, the In- 
dians attacked Seattle, but owing to 



ernment. In 1870 the inhabitants of 
Seattle numbered 1100, but after that 
time the population as hereinbefore 
stated grew quite steadily. Beginning 
with 1870 steamships began to make 
frequent visits; the coal mines at 
Renton were opened up by a short line 
of railroad; the merchants began to 
do a considerable wholesale trade; 
streets were graded; schools, churches 



14 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



and hospitals were erected; and in the 
latter seventies a daily newspaper was 
started. The growth of Seattle since 
18S0 is of too recent a date to need any 
extended remarks; and the fire of 
1889, which destroyed property having 
an aggregate value of from ten to 
twelve millions of dollars is also recent 
history. The fact that within a year 



from the fire the burned district was 
rebuilt on a larger and finer scale than 
before, and that it today stands as one 
of the best laid out, best built and best 
conducted cities on the Coast, shows 
the indomitable spirit which has pre- 
vailed at all times, particularly since 
it became a city of any importance. 



A BIT OF GEOGRAPHY, 



Where is Seattle? 

No doubt this question may be ask- 
ed by some into whose hands this book 
may fall; and in the event that any 
nne can be found, wtio is in ignorance 
of the location of Seattle, on Puget 
Sound, the following condensed in- 
formation is printed: Seattle is locat- 
ed upon the eastern shore of Elliott 
Bay, something like 125 miles from the 
Pacific Ocean by way of Puget Sound 
and the Strait of Juan de Fuca. Elliott 
Bay is one among the larger indent- 
ures on Puget Sound, and probably 
forms the most advantageous harbor 
upon this inland sea. Puget Sound it- 
self is practically an arm of the sea, 
having a shore line in American terri- 
tory, and wholly within the State of 
Washington, of nearly two thousand 
miles. The Strait of Juan' de 
Fuca. which forms the northern 
boundary ibetween the United States 
and British Columbia, a body of water 
some fifteen or twenty miles wide, af- 
fords an inlet to Puget Sound, wliich 
is absolutely free of the dangers which 
usually beset harbor entrances the 
world over. It is practically like sail- 
ing a ship into an open sea, and where 
the waters form Puget Sound it is 
land-locked, and not only secure from 



storm, but affords a uniform depth of 
water, which gives adsolute safety, and 
room for the combined shipping of the 
world should it all seek to enter here 
at one time. Puget Sound is approxi- 
mately two hundred miles in length, 
with an average width of possibly ten 
miles. It is made up of a succession of 
little bays and indentures, and is quite 
irregular in shape, although forming a 
comparatively straight course from the 
straits to Seattle or Elliott Bay. If 
one will take occasion to look upon the 
map he will notice that Puget Sound 
occupies about the central portion of 
Western Washington. The State of 
Washington lies between the 46th and 
49th parallels of north latitude and the 
117th and 125th meridians of longitude 
west from Greenwich. British Colum- 
bia forms its boundary on the north, 
the State of Idaho on the east, Oregon 
and the Columbia River on the south 
and the Pacific Ocean on the west. Its 
greatest width north and south is two 
hundred and forty miles, and its great- 
est length east and west is three hun- 
dred and sixty miles, constituting an 
area in round numbers of nearly sev- 
enty thousand square miles, or about 
forty-five million acres. About twenty 
thousand square miles or thirteen mil- 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 
















• 




'^>»~— 


'1. 




/y- 


/ 



Harbor Scenes of Seattle, 
The upper picture shows one of the big Oriental Liner takiug ou her cargo. 



i6 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



lion acres are west of the Cascade 
Mountains; fifty thousand square 
rniles or about thirty-two million acres 
are east of the mountains. The moun- 
tains herein referred to are what are 
known as the Cascade range, running 
north avirt south, and extending far in- 
to British Columbia territory. Com- 
paratively speaking, the eastern slope, 
or what is known as Eastern Washing- 
ton, is free of timber, and forms one 
of the richest sections of wheat-pro- 
ducing lands known in the United 
States. The mountains themselves are 
full Oi minerals, consisting of gold, sil- 
ver, copper, lead, iron and coal, togeth- 
er with building stone and many other 
products not now particularly known 
to commerce. In the western part of 
the state, using the Cascade range as 
a dividing line, the land for the most 
part jS heavily timbered with fir, cedar, 
hemlock, tamarack and other merch- 
antable timber. An estimate placed 
upon a fairly conservative basis, places 
the timber lands at twenty million 
acres; grain producing and grazing 
lands, ten million acres; and bottom 
lands, which are covered with a rich 
alluvial deposit such as is found in 
Western Washington, bordering the 
■streams and indentures of Puget 
Sound, at something like five million 
acres. The mountainous region, com- 
prising the mineral belt, and which is 
also timbered, is estimated at about 
ten million acres. The present popu- 
lation of the state is probably close to 
seven hundred thousand people. The 
total valuation of all property, accord- 
ing to CL late census, is placed at $229,- 
l;?7,53U. 

Seattle is the chief city of Western 
Washington, and as before stated, is 
situated upon Elliott Bay on Puget 
Sound, and is now a city of not far 



from ninety thousand inhabitants. Its 
chief industries in the way of manu- 
factures, and its large jobbing trade 
and other resources are spoken of in 
greater detail upon pages farther ad- 
vanced in this book. It is tlie purpose 
more particularly in this article to 
render a brief description of Seattle's 
location, not only in a geographical 
way, as relates to the balance of the 
State of Washington, but also its geo- 
graphical position as compared with 
the rest of the world. When it is tak- 
en into consideration that Seattle is 
but two weeks' sail from Vladivostock 
in Siberia, it can easily be seen that 
Seattle, indeed, is very close to the 
threshold of the Orient; and it is not 
a matter of exaggeration to state that 
Seattle is in a position to maintain 
trade relations with all the countries 
lying to the west of us better than any 
other city of the United States; in fact 
there is but one logical outcome, and 
that will be that all shipments to and 
from that country (and by "that coun- 
try" is meant not only Siberia, but 
China, Japan, Korea, the Philippine 
Islands and Hawaii) will eventually 
make this Puget Sound their entre- 
pot. When one takes into considera- 
tion the fact that Vladivostok is ttie 
eastern terminus of the great Siberian 
Transcontinental Railroad, eight thou- 
sand miles in length, with the vast 
empire yet lying in a state of wilder- 
ness, and Seattle but two weeks' jour- 
ney from it, some little idea can be 
formed of the future of the Queen City 
of the Pacific Mediterranean. The com- 
merce of the United States with Rus- 
sia now goes through the Atlantic 
cities to Liverpool and St. Petersburg. 
The completion of the Rusian railroad 
will naturally change this, and this 
vast traffic will flow westward through 
Seattle. 



THE SIZE OF SEATTLE AND OTHER INFORMATION. 



^T-^i^- 



The City of Seattle, which now con- 
tains a population approximately esti- 
mated at 90,000 inhabitants, has an 
area of twenty-eight square miles. It:i 
longest distance north and south is 
eight and one-half miles, and its long- 
est distance east and west is seven and 
one-half miles; its shortest distance 
east and west is two miles. In 1880 it 
contained a population of 3533; in 



graded streets. The water system, 
which furnishes a very superior qual- 
ity of pure water (and which is quite 
adequate for a city of the present size) 
is being augmented in a very substan- 
tial way, and a supply will soon 'be 
accessible for double the present pop- 
ulation. It is brought in from a long 
distance, and secured from streams 
having their source in the Cascade 



1 




Overlooking the City from Beacon Hill. 



1885 it had grown to be a place of 
9683; this was increased to 26,740 up 
to and including the year 1889; the 
population in 1890 is given at 42,837; 
in 1892 it had grown to 57,540, and in 
1899 to over 86,000. It is confidently 
predicted that by the year 1910 the 
population will easily reach 300,000. 
The city at the present time has 60.45 
miles of sewers and 101.59 miles of 



Mountains, and is therefore absolutely 
pure and wholesome. The city is sup- 
plied with both gas and electricity in 
abundance, at rates which are consid- 
ered very moderate compared with 
many cities of its size. 

Lake Washington, which foiins the 
eastern boundary of the city, is two 
and one-half miles east of Elliott Bay. 
It is twenty miles in length and from 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



two to five miles micle, with an area 
of forty square miles. It is from six- 
ty to 222 feet deep, and is fed chief- 
ly by the Samamish River, a stream 
flowing from the Cascale Mountains. 
Green Lake, a small body of water ly- 
ing to the west of it, empties into 
Lake Washington. In the center of 
Lake Washington is Mercer's Island, 
five miles long by one mile in width, 
upon which East Seattle is located. 
Lake Washington is twenty feet above 
tide water, and is one of the many 
picturesque places which surround Se- 
attle. Lake Union, wholly within the 
city limits of Seattle, lies one mile 
from Elliott Bay, and is twelve feet 
above tid,e water; it is from eighteen 
to forty-eight feet deep, having an area 
of two and one-half square miles. 
Green Lake, which is a little north of 
Lake Union, is four miles in circum- 
ference, and from thirty feet to forty 
feet deep. It is 160 feet above tide 
water. Ultimately there will be a tidal 
canal between Puget Sound and Lake 
Washington, into which deep water 
vessels will be permitted to enter. 
When completed it will afford a very 
advantageous arrangement for vessels 
of every character. It is probable that 
within the next few years this canal 
will be completed, and its worth to the 
general shipping interests will be al- 
most incalculable. ' 



REAL ESTATE, 



One striking indication of the great 
prosperity of a city is the volume of 
its real estate transactions. During 
the year which closed on the 1st of 
January the volume of business has 
been steadily on the increase, until it 
is stated by conservative calculators 
that the transactions for 1899 reached 
the goodly proportions of $10.8.53,397. 
This showing will indicate more clear- 
ly than anything else which can be 



said that Seattle real estate is being 
greatly sought after by all classes of 
investors; and without doubt the 
close of the year 1900 will witness a 
very marked increase over that of 1899. 
The renewed confidence in land values 
in and about Seattle expressed by ev- 
ery one, and the faith in its con- 
tinued growth until it becomes a city 
many times its present population, i? 
having its influence upon many hun- 
dreds of investors, with the result that 
all kinds of real estate, no matter 
where located, is finding a ready sale 
at good prices. The depression which 
came in 1893 and lasted until 1897, had 
the effect of causing a general col- 
lapse of real estate values throughout 
the entire Wes-t, although Seattle pro- 
bably suffered less than her sister ci- 
ties on the Coast — consequently, on 
the return of good times investors 
realized that Seattle realty offered a 
most attractive field for investment, 
as well as for speculative purposes. 
Then by the infusion of several mil- 
lions of Alaskan gold, real estate be- 
gan to move very freely, and likewise 
created a demand for additional build- 
ings, and improvements became active 
in the same proportion that sales of 
real estate were made. During the 
year 1899 fully 1200 new residences 
have been erected, to say nothing of 
the number of new business blocks 
of various kinds and descriptions 
which have been put up. It is proba- 
bly sufficient to assert that real estate 
has advanced 25 per cent over the 
prices that were asked a year ago, and 
that the population of this city has in- 
creased by at least ten thousand peo- 
ple. Very considerable sums of out- 
was witnessed last; and some go so 
far as to predict that the present year 
will see a revival of the days of 1891, 
when real estate transactions were 
most extraordinarily lively. Two of 
the most notable sales during 1899 
side capital are naw coming to Seattle 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



19 



seeking investment, not only in real 
estate, but in everything else which 
promises a reasonable return. Some 
real estate dealers predict a more rapid 



purchase by a New York party of the 
Squire property, aggregating over 
$800,000. Even the most conservative 
realize that real estate anywhere near 




Interesting Scenes in Western Washington. 



advance during the present year than 
were the purchase for $1,000,000 by the 
Northern Pacific Railroad Company of 
various water front properties, and the 



Seattle is a safe investment, as it is 
confidently predicted it will have three 
hundred thousand population by the 
end of the present decade. 



20 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



THE CLIMATE VERY FINE, 



It might not be out of place in speak- 
ing generally of Seattle to have a word 
to say in regard to its climate. The 
mild, equable climate that prevails on 
Puget Sound the year around is simply 
marvelous to those people who make 
their first visit here from the East. 
The mean temperature as deduced 
from nearly ten years' records of the 
United States "Weather Bureau of this 
city is 51.5 degrees, and the highest 
temperature of which ithere is a record 
occurred on June 29, 1892, when the 
mercury registered 94 degrees- and 
the lowest, 3 degrees below zero, oc- 
curred on January 31, 1893. A compari- 
son of the records shows that only 
during 1893 and 1894 did the tempera- 
ture go below 20 degrees, and during 
both years there were periods of un- 
usual cold weather for this locality. As 
a matter of fact, the temperature dur- 
ing the summer months averages about 
59 degrees, while during the winter the 
average is about 44 degrees. The high- 
est mean temperature for any three 
consecutive days was 75.3 degrees, 
which occured during July, 1899, and 
the lowest mean temperature for any 
three consecutive days was 29.3, in 
February, 1893 and 1899. The average 
precipitation at Seattle is 37.27 inches, 
divided as follows: The wet from 
November to April inclusive and the 
dry from May to October inclusive. 
During the wet season the average 
rainfall is 27.45 inches, while during 
the dry season but 9.82 inches falls. 
Comparatively speaking, very little 
snow falls on Puget Sound and it fre- 
quently occurs that no snow falls dur- 
ing the winter. The locality is re- 
markably free from severe local or 
general storms, and the highest vel- 
ocity of which there is any record is 



forty-two miles. On the whole, the 
climate is bracing and salubrious, and 
the health of the people on the av- 
erage exceedingly good. 



SEATTLE AS A PLACE OF HOMES, 



There are very few places on the 
Pacific Coast where living the year 
round is more ideal than on Puget 
Sound. The home life in Seattle is 
made as comfortable as in any of the 
older cities in the East. There are 
many hundreds of elegant residences 
in all parts of the city, and both in 
point of architectural beauty and gen- 
eral surroundings the homes are supe- 
rior to many other places on the Pa- 
cific Coast. 

To begin with, the City of Seattle 
is very charmingly situated, and dur- 
ing the past few years many hundreds 
of people have availed themselves 
of the opportunity of not only erecting 
substantial and costly homes, but have 
done their utmost to take advantage of 
what nature has already done for thi^ 
city, with the result that the city is 
becoming well paved with good streets 
and considerable effort at adornment 
has heen carried out. 

There are over seventy churches in 
the city, all of which have fair congro- 
gations and a general attendance pro- 
bably equal to any other city of nine- 
ty thousand inhabitants. 

The educational system of Seattle is 
excellent. The public school buildings 
would be a credit to any city, both 
from a sanitary and an architectural 
standpoint, and likewise for modern 
educational apparatus. In addition to a 
very excellent high school, at which 
upwards of 1200 pupils attend, the 
State University is located within the 
borders of the city limits, and is of it- 
self a very excellent educational in- 
stitution, equal to similar seats of 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT 



21 



learning in the older states. In addi- 
tion to these public schools there aro 
several first-class business colleges. 

Socially speaking, Seattle stands 
very high. The place is well provided 



TRIBUTARY COUNTRY, 

The country which lies tributary to 
Seattle, and by that is meant the coun- 
try over which Seattle carries on trade 



''W 









// 



m^-'T.SI— i^i 







.'I'M I '?*'■>' <■ 















c 




Some of our Resources. 



With numerous clubs of all kinds. In 
fact, it might be said that social life 
in Seattle cannot be excelled anywhere. 
One has only to pay a visit here to be 
thoroughly impressed with that fact. 



relations, consists of all of Western 
Washington, the greater part of East- 
ern Washington, portions of British 
Columbia, and all of Alaska Territory. 
Practically speaking, the tributary 



22 



vSEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



country to Seattle is greater in extent 
and wealth of resource than a like 
area tributary to any other city in the 
United States. The country lying up- 
on Puget Sound is naturally very 
closely allied to Seattle, while the 
more remote portions, like that of 
Eastern Washington, seek this place 
through the channel of its wheat trade, 
and other commodities which it de- 
sires to place in this market. The 
trade with Alaska naturally consists in 
outfitting prospectors, miners and set- 
tlers to that region, and in furnishing 
supplies for those people who are al- 
ready there, and in furnishing such 
machinery as is needed to carry on 
mining operations. Seattle to all in- 
tents and purposes is the head center 
of developments in Alaska and will 
continue to 'be such, probably, for all 
time to come. Its superior position on 
Puget Sound naturally makes it the 
center of a great tributary region. It 
is because of this fact that Seattle has 
attained its great importance in the 
Western world. 



THE COMMERCE OR SHIPPING OF 
SEATTLE, 



In speaking of the commerce of Pu- 
get Sound, it is perhaps necessary to 
again refer to the easy manner in 
which vessels of every size and char- 
acter can enter or depart from this 
great inland body of water. As before 
stated in another article which appears 
elsewhere, Puget Sound has its inlet 
or outlet by way of the Strait of Juan 
de Fuca, to all practical purposes an 
arm of the sea itself, which extends 
eastward from the Pacific Ocean a dis- 
tance of full eighty miles. It is so 
roomy and so free of obstruction that 
sailing vessels have no difficulty what- 
ever in sailing in or out, although an 
admirable tug boat service is maintain- 



ed to renaer expedition to vessel* 
which do not carry their own steam. 
Without going into details, Puget 
Sound can be classed as the most 
magnificent harbor in the world, a fact 
which will probably not be gainsaiil 
by any one at all familiar with nauti- 
cal affairs. This one great fact stands 
out in very bold relief and gives Pu- 
get Sound a prominence in the matter 
of commerce not possessed elsewhere 
on the Pacific Coast. The principal 
cities bordering on the Sound are Se- 
attle, Tacoma, Whatcom, Everett and 
Port Townsend, being in size and im- 
portance in the order in which they 
are named. Passing over the import- 
ance of the other places named, and 
speaking more directly of Seattle, it 
can be stated very briefly that at the 
present time it is the terminus of four 
transcontinental railways, several 
Oriental lines, and the entire fleet of 
vessels engaged in the Alaska traffic, 
besides an enormous "mosquito fleet," 
which ply between Seattle and various 
other Sound ports. Seattle is the chief 
manufacturing city on Puget Sound, to 
which some considerable space is de- 
voted more particularly elsewhere, and 
as a shipping point on the Pacific 
Coast it is outclassed only by San 
Francisco, whose only rival it is, espe- 
cially in the trade with the Asiatic 
ports. The Great Northern Railway, 
which has done so much for the North- 
west, has its terminus in Seattle, and 
here its cars are unloaded into ships 
which carry the products of the coun- 
try to the Orient. The construction of 
the Great Northern terminals has but 
just been completed, and the monster 
docks, warehouses and wheat elevat- 
ors and miles of trackage are the first 
things that catch the eye of the travel- 
er as he enters the city from the north. 
That company has just now in contem- 
plation the building of a passenger 
depot, freight sheds and trackage facil- 
ities in the southern part of the city. 



SEATTlvE AND THE ORIENT. 



23 




£^ |^ TAe(d/cai<lc;~O.N.R/. 



<J 



Across the Mountains to Tide Water. 



24 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



which will cost over $500,000. The 
extensive warehouses already complet- 
ed and used for the storage of incom- 
ing and outgoing ocean freight, are so 
large that entire trains can be unload- 
ed under their roofs and loaded into 
the lines of Oriental steamships, which 
leave these docks for Oriental ports. 
The erection of the great wheat ele- 
vators means that Seattle will be the 
greatest wheat exporting port on the 
Pacific Coast. In addition to the great 
elevators of the Great Northern Rail- 
way in North Seattle, there are exten- 
sive elevators here owned in West Se- 
attle, on the western shore of Elliott 
Bay, by the Seattle & San Francisco 
Railroad; and from the present out- 
look the near future will see a number 
of others equally as extensive erect- 
ed. The trade with Alaska has assum- 
ed very great proportions, and the fleet 
now engaged in that traffic is very 
large. The Harbor Master's report for 
the year 1898 shows that 1734 deep sea 
vessels passed in and out of Seattle 
harbor landing cargoes of gold, mer- 
cTiandise, Oriental goods, teas, silks, 
curios, etc., and taking away vast 
loads of coal, flour, wheat, lumber, 
Alaskan outfits and merchandise gen- 
erally. Of this vast fleet 1297 were 
steamships and 437 sailing vessels, and 
their net tonnage combined reaches the 
large sum of 1,455,596 tons. This fleet 
was composed of almost every con- 
ceivahle ocean going craft, and the en- 
tries and departures were to and from 
all parts of the world. This list does 
not include, however, the Sound 
steamer of any description or any of 
the numerous "mosquito fleet." Dur- 
ing the year over two million tons of 
coal were shipped from Seattle and 
over 2,500,000 bushels of wheat, and 
over a billion feet of lumber was ship- 
ped out of Elliott Bay. The salmon 
pack, to which reference is made in 
another article, for 1898 reached 425.000 
cases. 



. To give an idea of the travel between 
Seattle and Alaska it can be stated 
that from January 1, 1899, to July 25, 
1899, there were 9,250 persons who took 
passage to the north from Seattle, and 
who took in excess of 34,000 tons of 
freight and supplies. The number of 
vessels engaged in this traffic was 163. 
Seattle is headquarters for all traflRc 
to and from Alaska and the North- 
west Territory, and generally speaking 
all supplies are purchased in this 
place. 

Across the bay from Seattle is the 
Puget Sound Naval Station, where the 
largest dry dock in the United States 
is to be found. Many of the vessels of 
the American Navy have been docked 
there, and the fact that the United 
States Government realizes the im- 
pcrtanc of Puget Sound lies in the 
fact that the largest dock on the Pa- 
ciflc Coast is loca ted here. 



SCENERY ON PUGET SOUND, 



Very little has been said by the 
newspapers published in Western 
Washington on the scenery of this 
great state. It is only when a visitor 
from the East or elsewhere arrives 
here and goes into ecstacies over the 
remarkable scenery that is here found 
that those who live here really appre- 
ciate the wonderful scenic effect of 
this state. As a matter of fact Puget 
Sound possesses greater scenic attrac- 
tions than any other state in the 
Union, and it is very much doubted if 
any other spot on earth can excel it. 
The City of Seattle is built upon a suc- 
cession of gently sloping hills, which 
extend back from the waters of Elliott 
Bay until they rise probably five hun- 
dred feet, when the ground gently 
slopes to the eastward to reach the 
shores of a magnificent body of wa- 
ter called Lake Washington. One can 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



25 



stand upon the summit of this divide 
and while overlooking the entire city 
with Elliott Bay and Puget Sound up- 
on the right hand, he can face the Cas- 
cade range of mountains, several of 



like four or five miles in width by ten 
or twelve miles in length, and sur- 
rounded, as it is, by evergreen forests 
and gently undulating hills gradually 
rising until they meet the foothills of 



whose peaks are perpetually covered the Cascade Mountains in the distance. 




The Parks 

witii snow, and see one of the finest, 
grandest panoramic view that ever 
stretched before man. On the left 
hand is Lake Washington, a body of 
clear, pure water, which is fed from 
moi.main streams, which is something 



OF Seattle. 

one can conceive of no finer or more 
entrancing place in which to make a 
home. I'pon a clear day, while stand- 
ing from the same crest, one can look 
across Puget Sound and see clearly and 
sharply defined the Olympic range of 



26 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



mciuitains on the west side of Paget 
Sound. This is a short range, which 
lies Leiwcen the Sound and the Paci- 
fic Ocean. They are bold and rugged, 
and their extreme summit is covered 
with perpetual snow; and with the 
waters of the Sound in the foreground, 
and a fringe of emerald green at their 
base, they unquestionably form a bit 
of mountain scenery the equal of 
which is difficult to find. In the Cas- 
cade Mountains, lying a little east of 
south of Seattle, is the magnificent 
Mount Rainier, rising to a height of 
nearly fifteen thousand feet. A little 
farther south is Mount St. Helens, ris- 
ing to a height of something like 13,- 
000 feet, and still to the north, leas 
than one hundred miles in an air line, 
is Mount Baker, twelve thousand feet 
in height. 

Some of the pictures which are re- 
produced herewith, will give an idea of 
the scenes herein described, or as near- 
ly so as an ordinary photograph can 
do so, but to be thoroughly appre- 
ciated one must visit these scenes and 
take in their beauty first hand. Not 
only is the mountain effect very sub- 
lime and very grand, but Puget Sound 
itself lends an added charm, and this 
can only be realized and appreciated by 
taking any one of a hundred different 
pleasure trips. It is filled with vary- 
ing sizes of islands from one acre in 
extent up to the size which forms 
whole counties; in fact, it very much 
resembles the thousand islands of the 
St. Lawrence River, and the day will 
yet come when Puget Sound will be 
sought as much as a health and pleas- 
ure resort as for its untold business 
opportunities at the present time. 



EXPORTS AND IMPORTS, 



The exports from Seattle for 1899 
were as follows: Coal by ship, 1200 
tons per day; lumber by ship and car, 
200,000 feet per day; shingles by car, 
1,100,000 per day; flour by ship, 1000 
barrels per day; wheat by ship, 5000 
barrels per day; vessels built, $1000 
per day; vessels repaired, $1000 per 
day; merchandise to Alaska, 420,000 
per day- merchandise to British Co- 
lumbia, $1000 per day; merchandise 
to Orient, $1000 per day; merchandise 
to Honolulu, $1000 per day; fish pro- 
ducts, $1000 per day; oats, $100,000 
per annum; hops, $100,000 per annum; 
beer, foreign, $100,000 per annum — or 
a practical total of $4,657,403, of which 
$349,139 was exported in January, and 
$508,715 was exported in December, 
showing a very substantial gain foi* 
the last month of the year over the 
first month. 

The import trade is rather difficult 
to state accurately — the figures obtain- 
ed only relate to foreign countries. The 
duties paid at the local customs house 
in 1899 amounted to $200,000, indicat- 
ing the imports for local consumption 
of about $600,000. These were chiefly 
cement from Great Britain, Chinese 
and Japanese merchandise, tropical 
fruits and other productions. The do- 
mestic imports include vast quanti- 
ties of fruit and vegetables, largely 
from California; California dairy pro- 
ducts, meats, groceries, cloth, furni- 
ture, machinery and other articles 
which go to make up the lines of busi- 
ness usually carried on in an American 
city. The chief import was the gold 
from Alaska, which aggregated over 
thirteen million dollars. Roughly 
speaking, then (of course leaving out 
the gold product), the imports reached 
a total of $5,868,620. 



SEATTI.E AND THE ORIENT. 



27 



SEATTLE PARKS, 



If there is one thing more than an- 
other that Seattle can boast of it is 
its magnificent array of parl<;s. They 
lie at all points of the compass from 
the center of the city, and are easily 
reached by any number of street rail- 
way lines. Kinnear Park, one of the 
most handsome, which lies at the ter- 



Elliott Bay, Mount Rainier, the Olym- 
pic range and a great portion of Pu- 
get Sound itself. 

Woodland Park is another very 
beautiful spot; it consists of about 200 
acres and borders the west side of 
Green Lake. It is reached by the Green 
Lake car line. 

Ravenna Park lies out past the State 
University, and is a very ideal spot at 
which to spend a quiet summer day. 




Looking Korth 

minus of the North Seattle Electric 
Line, is a park quite unique in the 
way it has been laid out. It consists 
of a narrow rim of a half mile or so 
in length along the cliff two hundred 
feet above the Sound, and the hand- 
some landscape gardening, and here 
and there the assistance to nature has 
created a park of unusual beauty. 
From this spot, practically the entire 
city can be overlooked, including all of 



ON Third Avenue. 

Then there is Leschi, Madison and 
Madrona Parks, all on Lake Wash- 
ington. Denny Park and a number of 
others are scattered about here and 
there, on one or another of the lakes, 
all of which make attractive places for 
the visitor. The street railways reach 
all these fine resorts, and one can start 
from the center of the town and reach 
any of these places by a twenty min- 
utes' ride. 



28 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



COAL MINES 



The coal mines of Washington, all 
of which are tributary to Seattle, form 
a very important industry of this 
state. The coal fields themselves cover 
an area of several thousand square 
miles and when fully developed will 
be practically inexhaustible. The sev- 
eral separate districts are as follows: 
Newcastle, Renton and Green River 
districts in King County; Wilkeson 
district in Pierce County, and the Ros- 
lyn district in Kittitas County. The 
Northern Pacific Company's mines at 
Roslyn are the largest in the state. 
The product is a high grade steam and 
domestic coal. Last year 635,318 tons 
were mined, of which 40,000 tons were 
exported to Honolulu. They employ 
one thousand men, and at present are 
mining 65,000 tons per month. The 
Pacific Coast Company's mines in 
King County produce 365,634 tons a 
year at present, and 650 men are em- 
ployed; the product is a high grade 
steam coal. The Wilkeson Coal and 
Coke Company have fifty coke ovecs in 
constant operation, from which they 
manufactured 26,300 tons of coke in 
1899. The Carbon Hill Coal Com- 
pany mined last year 288,000 tons, and 
employed 500 men. In 1898 there were 
nineteen mines, which were shipping 
coal which had a daily product of 
1,775,257 tons; the output for 1899 ex- 
ceeded this by 2,000,000 tons. There 
is not a mine in the state that it not 
worked to its full capacity, and at 
present about 4500 men are engaged in 
coal mining, at an average of $2.50 
per day per man. The present year 
will probably see an output of 2,500,000 
tons. 



fully eighteen million dollars of gold 
has been received by the Seattle Assay 
Office. This amount ias been brought 
out by just 8209 miners. The fact that 
Seattle is the practical starting point 
for all the region lying to the north of 
us, including both Alaska and the 
Northwest Territory, and is the first 
place to which the returning miner 
turns his face upon leaving that coun- 
try with his gold dust, demonstrates 
that the development of the gold in- 
dustry of that region will prove of very 
considerable importance to this city. 
This is easily demonstrated by calling 
attention to the amount of money 
which has already passed through the 
local Assay Office. While all this 
money does not remain in Seattle, 
enough of it goes into circulation to 
have a very considerable effect upon 
business. Alaska, like the Orient, is 
yet but in its infancy, and the future 
development of that country will sim- 
ply be marvelous. 



GOLD FROM ALASKA, 

Since the excitement in Alaska over 
the recently discovered gold mines, 



PUBLIC LIBRARY, 

Seattle has a Public Library which 
contains 20,080 volumes. Of these 2000 
volumes were added during the past 
year. The records show that 9100 per- 
sons last year secured the privilege of 
borrowing books for home reading, 
and that the home circulation now 
reaches 12,000 volumes per month. The 
library building is located in a very 
convenient part of town, in what was 
formerly the residence of H. L. Yes- 
ler, a pioneer of very considerable note 
who assisted in many ways to make 
Seattle what it is today. The income 
for the library for the past year 
amounted to $14,000. After paying the 
running expenses something like 
$6400 was left with which to purchase 
new books. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 
EXTENSIVE MERCHANDISE BROKERS, BICYCLE PATHS. 



29 



The firm of Spencer^Clarke Company 
are the most extensive merchandise 
brokers in the Northwest, and the il- 
lustration that is published on ad- 
joining pages will indicate the charac- 
ter of the premises they occupy, and 
they are located at 311 Occidental Ave- 
nue, and have a building 30x120 feet, 
three stories in height in addition to 
a basement. They have been estab- 
lished since 1894. Their trade is al- 
most wholly confined to the wholesal- 



It is estimated that Seattle has 5000 
bicyclists. During the past year or 
two a great many miles of bicycle 
paths have been opened in and about 
the city and surrounding country, and 
it is now estimated there are fully thir- 
ty miles of cindered pathways wind- 
ing in and out around the city. It is 
stated that no other section of the 
country affords so many pleasing bi- 
cycle paths as are found leading out 
of Seattle. 




King County Court House. 



ers of the city and to the handling of 
canned salmon in the East. They are 
the direct agents for a number of very 
heavy Eastern manufacturers, and 
consequently a very heavy volume of 
trade passes through their hands. 
There is no firm in the Northwest 
which enjoys a higher rating or has 
a higher standing in the community 
than the firm of Spencer-Clarke Com- 
pany. 



SEATTLE'S FINANCIAL STRENGTH, 



Nothing indicates the financial 
strength or character of a city quite 
so much as its bank clearances — in 
fact, bank clearances are a barometer 
which shows its prosperity. In thi3 
respect Seattle takes pardonable 
pride in showing a gain of fully 50 per 
cent in 1899 over the year 1898, or 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



nearly 200 per cent over 1897. It was 
in 1897 that the pendulum of depres- 
sion began slowly to move 'backward, 
and from that time can be marked a 
general upward tendency of prosperity 
for Seattle. The banks of Seattle to- 
day are among the strongest financial 
institutions of the West, and each 
shows a most flattering state of af- 
fairs. As an illustration of this can 
be cited, that in the latter part of last 
year, during the temporary shortage 
of funds in New York City, Seattle 
was enabled to loan a half million dol- 
lars of its surplus to New York City 
banks in order to tide over the momen- 
tary flurry there. This statement when 
published, was received with some 
scepticism, but when it was confirmed 
it created a profound impression and 
probably did more to strengthen Seat- 
tle's financial firmness than almost 
anything else that could have happen- 
ed. Nothing shows more clearly the 
great volume of business done in bank- 
ing and commercial circles than the 
clearing house. Some one has com- 
pared the clearing house to the pulse 
whose beat indicates unerringly the 
circulation of the blood through the 
veins and arteries of the body finan- 
cial. Other writers have called it a 
barometer, whose rise and fall is an 
index to the financial weather. Both 
illustrations are apt and forcible. The 
truth is, that when the returns of the 
Seattle clearing house first began to 
show the rapid yet steady growth of 
the business in this city Eastern fin- 
anciers themselves were sceptical, and 
some insinuations and even direct 
charges were made to the effect that 
the returns here were being "doctored" 
in order to make a favorable financial 
showing. Actual investigation, how- 
ever, and the character of the men 
who stand back of this institution soon 



convinced the world of the falsity of 
such insinuations. The records of the 
clearing house will speak for them- 
selves, and need little in the way of 
comment or explanation. The follow- 
ing tables for the years 1898 and 1899 
show the wonderful gains that have 
been made: 
For 1898 the record was as follows: 

January $ 5,673 0.9. oS 

February 5,.549,520.98 

March 7.361,3d5.35 

April 6,456,461.17 

May 4,9oO,lS2.90 

June 5,516.238.19 

July 4,545,357.12 

August 5,308,357.63 

September 5,039,647.63 

October 5,872.473.11 

November 6,108,860.22 

December 6,020,151.30 

Total $68,414,635.78 

For 1899 the record was as follows: 

January $ 5,026,965.43 

February 4,689,849.55 

March 6,065,546 84 

April 6.370,180.36 

May 7,440,292.73 

June 7,565,028.72 

July 8,791,153.81 

August 12,955 927.83 

September 13,584,924.31 

October 11,58"»,6(9.01 

November 10,705 114.12 

December 8.642,984.7 1 

Total $103,327,617.47 

In other words, the clearances for 
the current year exceed those of 1898 
by more than $34,000,000. or about 50 
per cent, while they exceed those of 
1897 by about $66,000,000, or nearly 200 
per cent. 

As showing what a very consider- 
able financial center Seattle has grown 
to be it can be stated that it has ten 
banking institutions — six national and 
four state banks. These 'banks on 
Jan. 1st, 1900, had a total of $14,000,000 
on deposit. This is an increase of near- 
ly $10,000,000 over the period of ex- 
treme depression following the panic 
of 1893. A more detailed showing of 
the more important institutions is 
made in succeeding pages. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



31 




SEATTLE INDUSTRIALLY, 



By "'Seattle Industrially" is meant 
that which goes to make up its in- 
dustries with particular attention to 
its manufactures. When one attempts 
to enumerate the various manufactur- 
ing establishments which are found 
within the borders of Seattle, it at 
once becomes apparent that the estab- 
lishments of that character not only 
occupy a wide range, but are more 
numerous than one would suppose at 
first glance. Some idea can be formed 
of their great importance when it is 
stated that Seattle gives employment 
to more than 3000 people in lines 
which are classed as those of manu- 
facturers, and the value of the product 
which is turned out reaches a ver\ 
high figure. Aside from the manu- 
facture of lumber and shingles the 
largest single industry is that of ship- 
building, at the head of which stands 
the firm of the Moran Brothers Com- 
pany, who give employment to more 
than 500 men about their great estab- 
lishment, most of whom are engaged 
in ship-buliding and kindred lines. 
Leaving the ship-building and passing 
on to the other industries, without go- 
ing into enumeration of them all, if 
is found that almost every article, 
with the exception of raw material, is 
made here. A half dozen manufactur- 
ing machine shops are in operation, 
which employ fifty to 150 people; be- 
sides several breweries. bottling 
works, ice factories, candy factories, 
cracker factories, box factories, meat 
packing establishments, fish canneries, 
furniture factories, tents and awnings, 
flour mills, coffee, spice, flavoring ex- 
tracts and baking powder establish- 
ments, evaporating fruit and vegeta- 
ble factories, woven wire works, tin- 
ware, saw works, soap works, paints 
and varnishes, and in fact almost ev- 
ery conceivable article used in the or- 
dinary course of consumption by peo- 
ple in the West. Some of the fac- 
tories, to be sure, are small and givp 
employment to but few people, while 



32 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



others give employment to a great 
number of hands. The sum total will 
reach the figure named, and it will at 
once be seen that Seattle's industrial 
army is a very striking one. 

Among the number which are not: 
already enumerated and spoken of in 
conjunction with photographs bearing 
directly upon their line is that of the 
candy manufacturing concern of E. M. 
Thurlow at 906 Western Avenue, who 
gives employment to thirty hands, and 
makes a product which he sells all 
over Western Washington and into 
Alaska; the Pacific Door Company, 
on Railroad Avenue and Pine, which 
gives employment to twenty-five men 
in the manufacture of doors, which are 
sold generally throughout the West; 
the Washington Wood Pipe and Stave 
Company, at the same location, which 
is engaged in the manufacture of wood 
pipe and tank stock employing fifteen 
hands, and which ships its product 
both to the East and points on the 
Pacific; the Seattle Cereal Company, 
at 304 Railroad Avenue, which is en- 
gaged in the manufacture of rolled 
oats and other cereals, employing 
twenty-two hands, and whose product 
is sold throughout Washington and as 
far South as California; the Seattle 
Ice Company, having a capacity of fifty 
tons, employing fourteen hands; the 
Queen City Trunk Factory, at 702 
Second Avenue, which employs six 
hands; the Seattle Brick and Tile 
Company, located in South Seattle, 
which employs twenty-four men and 
eight teamsters, in the manufacture 
of brick and tile, whose product is 
sold throughout the Puget Sound 
country and into Alaska; the Gilbert 
Soap Company, that employs six 
hands; the Pacific Wagon Company, 
at Third Avenue South and Main 
Street, which employs twenty-five 
hands; the Hill Syrup Company, at 
214-216 Jackson Street, which em- 
ploys eight hands; George T. McGin- 



nis & Co., 826 First Avenue South, do- 
ing a general bottling and manufac- 
ture of soda water, which employs nine 
hands; the Seattle Mattress and Up- 
holstering Company at 924 First Ave- 
nue South, which employs thirty 
hands, and which expects to soon in- 
crease its capacity so that it will em- 
ploy sixty in the manufacture of mat- 
tresses and all kinds of upholstered 
goods; the Washington Shoe Manu- 
facturing Company, at 902 Jackson 
Street, which employs eighty hands, 
and which sells its product throughout 
the entire Northwest country; the 
Denny-Clay Company, which employs 
from eighty to ninety hands and man- 
ufactures sewer pipe, and which al- 
ready does a very large trade with 
South Africa, the Philippine Islands, 
the Hawaiian Islands and points on 
the Coast and in the East; the West- 
erman Iron Works, at 1112 First Ave- 
nue South, which employs thirty 
hands. These are a partial list of the 
great number of industrial concerns 
which are making Seattle a very con- 
siderable center for manufactured pro- 
ducts. 



THE POLSON-WILTON HARDWARE 
COMPANY, 

The Poison-Implement Hardware 
Company, which do a wholesale agri- 
cultural implement business, and who 
are located at 806 and 808 Western Ave- 
nue in a 50x100 four-story building, are 
one of the very considerable firms do- 
ing business in Seattle. They have 
been established since 1892. and are 
now doing business through all parts 
of Western Washington, and also over 
a portion of Eastern Washington 
along the line of the Great Northern 
Railroad. They give employment to 
ten men in their establishment, and 
keep representatives on the road in 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



33 



their interest. In addition to tlie 
house in this city they have a branch 
at La Conner and also have an inter- 
est in the Wenatchee Hardware Com- 
pany at Wenatchee. As indicating a 
very substantial increase in their bus- 
iness it can be stated that it was fully 
40 per cent in excess of the business 



PUGET SOUND FOOD FISHES, 

The fish product of Puget Sound 
waters and the magnitude of the fish 
industry, including the cultivation of 
oysters, is just beginning to be real- 
ized. Where but a dozen years ago 
practically no revenue was derived, 




Store of Polpon Implement Hardware Co. 



of 1898, a statement which speaks vol- 
umes for the manner in which they are 
pushing their trade. They handle 
practically everything in the agricul- 
tural implement line, including a very 
heavy line of vehicles and farm wa- 
gons of all kinds. A very fine illus- 
tration of their place is shown here- 
with. 



the industry in fresh fish alone has 
reached a point where a revenue of 
fully $1,000,000 a year is now realized. 
Take the oyster industry and the fish 
industry and the value of the combined 
product will approximate fully 5,500,- 
000 per year, at a very conservative 
estimate. Fresh fish from Puget Sound 
waters are now being shipped in cold 



34 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



storage to practically every state in 
the Union, and the product in smoked, 
salted and canned fish is finding a 
market in all of the civilized countries 
of the world. The total pack of all 
classes of fish reached a total of 930,000 
cases, and exceeded by 500.000 cases 
that of the previous year. 

The eighteen canneries on Puget 



canneries packed 374,500 cases, of 
which amount the five canneries on the 
Washington side of the river put up 
68,500 cases, as follows: 

Cases. 

Cninooks 53.500 

Steelheads and bluebacks .... 5,500 

Fall salmon 9.500 

On the British Columbia side the 
seventy-one canneries put up a total of 




BrsiNEbs Houses of SrENCER-CLARKE Co. and Geo. B. Adair & Son. 



Sound packed the following kinds of 
fish: 

Cases. 

Sockeyes 528,000 

Spring salmon 22,600 

Cahoes 103,500 

Humpbacks 256,300 

Cnums 19,400 

On the Columbia River the eighteen 



766,000 cases, of which the forty-nine 
canneries on the Fraser river put up 
528,000 cases, and the northern pack 
was 238,000 cases. 

This shows the Puget sound can- 
neries packed nearly double the 
amount of any other locality. 

In comparing the capacty of the 
canneries in the various districts, the 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



35 



following tatole shows the capacity of 
the largest cannery in each district: 

In comparing the capacity of the 
largest canery in each district: 

Cases. 

British Columbia 27,000 

Alaska G9,'oOO 

Columba river 37,000 

Puget sound llsioOO 




from Grays harbor, valued at $40,000 
making a total of $631,000 to be add- 
ed to the output of the canneries, or 
$5,130,000 for salmon alone. 

When to this is added the value of 
the halibut, cod, sturgeon and other 
fish, with the oyster, crabs, clams and 
other fishes, the importance of the 
fishng interests of the state take a 
front rank. 

Over 50.000,000 cans are used for 
putting up the salmon pack. 



TRANSPORTATION LINES. 



scene"" <ite)bW<>ute.5 pb. 

The Sound 
also has sev- 
eral canneries 
of 40,000 to 
50,000 annual 
capacity. 

For the state 
tlie salmon 
pack is shown 
to be valued at 
$4,500,000, di- 
vided up as 
follows : 

Cases. 

Puget Sound 930,000 

Columbia Eiver (Wash- 
ington side) 68,500 

Grays Harbor 16,200 

Wiliapa Bay 17,400 



The transportation facilities, which 
consist of both rail and water lines, 
which center in Seattle, form a verv 
conspicuous part in the material pro- 
gress of this 
region. In rail- 
vv a y lines, 
Seattle now 
possesses prac- 
ti cal ly four 
transcontinen- 
tal lines of rail- 
ways as follows; 




Total 1,032,100 

Making in all one-third of the en- 
tire Pacific coast pack, which for 
the year 1899 was valued at 
114,000 000. 



In addition to the canned salmon, 
there were shipped from Puget sound 
as frozen, fresh, salt and smoked 
salmon 16,000,000 pounds, valued at 
over $450,000; 2,500,000 pounds from 
the Columbia river, valued at $125,000; 
■630,000 pounds from Wiliapa bay, val- 
ued at $16,000. and 1,600,000 pounds 



.-ER THE Southern Pacific Ry. to California 

The Great Northern, the Canadian 
Pacific, the Northern Pacific and 
the Southern Pacific. While in 
the strict sense of the word the South- 
ern Pacific line does not enter Seat- 
tle, it is still a part of the railway sys- 
tem of the city, and is doing a very 



36 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



considerable business in direct ship- 
ments to and from over tlie line be- 
tween here and Portland of the North- 
ern Pacific Railroad. By its route Se- 
attle has intercourse with California, 
and thence eastward by either the Cen- 
tral Pacific or Southern Pacific 
through Arizona and the Southern 
states. The Northern Pacific has its 
direct terminals here, and during the 
past year has expended over one mil- 
lion dollars in buying lands sufficient 
to carry on its increasing traffic. The 
Great Northern also has its Western 
terminus in Seattle, and has already 
expended hundreds of thousands of 
dollars in equipping itself in order that 
it may handle the thousands of tons 
of merchandise which it hauls to and 
from. The Canadian Pacific, while of- 
ficially terminating at Vancouver, 
British Columbia, has track facilities 
over the Seattle & International, and 
to all intents and purposes has its 
terminus at Seattle. It will thus be 
seen that in the matter of rail ac- 
commodations Seattle is superior to 
any other city on the Pacific Coast, 
and in thus briefly passing over such 
an important element as railroad fa- 
cilities, it is taken that the facts are 
sufficiently clear to occasion no 
lengthy comments. 

Its water lines are even more num- 
erously represented. First in import- 
ance is the Pacific Coast Company, 
which operates a line of magnificent 
steamers between Seattle and San 
Francisco and other points along the 
Coast farther south, and it also ope- 
rates a line of steamers to Alaska. 
This company has its headquarters 
here, and maintains its general of- 
fices in this city. There are three 
separate lines of trans-Pacific steam- 
ships which are carrying on business 
with the Orient, and there are more 
than a dozen companies engaged in 
operating from one to three ships each 
between Seattle and points in Alaska. 



These do not include in any respect 
the vessels which ply irregularly be- 
tween this port and the Orient and 
the various other places in the world, 
both of steam and sail. It will convey 
some general idea of the magnitude of 
the transport business without going 
into further detail. 



ARE DIRECT FACTORY REPRESENTA^ 
TIVES- 



The firm of George B. Adair & Son 
at 309 Occidental Avenue are the di- 
rect representatives of ten factories 
located in various parts of the United 
States, in part as follows: The Giant 
Powder Company; Fairbanks Scale 
Company; Fairbanks, Morse & Com- 
pany, railway supplies, gasoline en- 
gines, etc.; the Curly Handle Com- 
pany, ax, pick and sledge handles; the 
Champion Tool and Handle Works; 
the Hanz All-Steel Tackle Blocks; 
Chisholm-Moore Manufacturing Com- 
pany, differential chain blocks and 
anti-friction hoists; McCaffery Fil'i 
Company; the Anti-Chlorine Pipe and 
Boiler Company; James McBeth & 
Company, electric blasting apparatus,, 
and the McNeale & Urban Safe and 
Lock Company. Through these firms 
or manufactories George B. Adair & 
Son do an extensive business. Their 
increase last year was fully 40 per cent 
over the year previous, and compelled 
them (about the first of the present 
year) to move into new quarters,, 
where they are now located. They 
occupy two floors, each 30x115 feet in 
size, and give employment to five men 
in their store, and keep one man who 
represents them on the road. Their 
trade extends from Alaska to the Co- 
lumbia River. Mr. George B. Adair 
has been in Seattle since 1883, and the 
head of the present company since 
1894. He is probably one of the best 
known merchants in the city. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



37 



THE SNOOUALMIE FALLS POWER 
COMPANY. 

As a preface to a resume of the 
manufacturing interests of Seattle, 
notliing could be more appropriate 
than a brief description of one of the 
greatest water powers and its use as 
an electrical power generator to be 



om/i/in or fEfiowoff/fs 




Msn/nfMfAA/ mctfm£/frc:/i/ifiBi:/<'^""iuaoc'm,.'^ie powsff co 



The SNoyuALMiE Power Co. 

found in the Western Continent. This 
is the famous Snoqualmie Cataract, 
located thirty-one miles from Seattle. 
and which has been successfully har- 
nessed by the Snoqualmie Falls Power 
Company. This company, which began 
operations some two years ago, now 
furnishes power to Seattle and Ta- 
coma, and likewise soon to Everett, 
and have solved the problem of cheap 



and abundant power in a most highly 
satisfactory way. 

In October, 1897, Snoqualmie Falls 
was purchased by Charles H. Baker 
of Seattle, and with this purchase the 
conception of the power transmission 
enterprise began to have practical sig- 
nificance. Thomas T. Johnston, a 
hydraulic engineer of Chicago, and the 
consulting engineer of 
the Chicago drainage 
canal, sent out here 
by Mr. Baker to ex- 
amine the water 
power and make a 
preliminary estimate 
as to the costs and 
the practicability of 
utilizing this vast 
amount of energy, 
which was represent- 
ed in the falls of the 
river, made a favor- 
able report, and in 
the early spring fol- 
lowing, or in 1898 to 
be precise, the com- 
pany was organized, 
a heavy construction 
plant consisting of 
large boilers, steam 
hoisting machinery 
and a ten-drill air 
compressor was 
quickly installed, and 
the first big drill be- 
gan operation April 
17, 1898, and from 
that time forward 
work was prosecuted 
day and night and Sundays until 
the work was finally completed. The 
first water wheel and generator 
were in actual operation and deliv- 
ered their first current into Seattle 
on the evening of July 31, 1899, or 
a little more than a year after the 
work had been commenced. The 
current was delivered into Tacoma 
November 1. 1899. and these events 



38 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



naturally mark the successful comple- 
tion of the project, which throughout 
had been unattended by any fatality or 
serious accident. The design and exe- 
cution of this plant is replete with or- 
iginal features, never before exploited 
in power transmission, conspicuous 
among them being: First, a subter- 
ranean power house; second, a cycloid- 
al water wheel, a very efficient water 
motor; third, use of aluminum wire in 
long distance transmission. To give 
one some idea of the undertaking a 
very brief description will be given. 
The falls, which, by the way, are 270 
feet high, over which the entire vol- 
ume of the Snoqualmie River falls in 
one mighty cataract, is utilized in the 
following manner: About 500 feet back 
from the brink of the falls a shaft 
has been sunk in the "bed of thes river, 
which descends 270 feet to the level 
of ihe river below the falls. Concur- 
rent with the beginning of the shaft 
above the falls a tunnel 12x24 feet, 
with an upward slope of twenty feet 
in its length, was drifted in from the 
face of the ledge below the falls to an 
intersection with the shaft, a distance 
of 650 feet. Beginning at the shaft 
and extending over and along the tun- 
nel a huge chamber 200 feet in length, 
forty feet wide and thirty feet high, 
with the floor at the elevation of high 
water below the falls, was excavated 
out of the solid rock, and this cavity, 
nearly 300 feet below the surface of 
the earth, is the machinery room in 
which the water wheel and electric 
generators have since been installed. 
At average stages of the river, the tun- 
nel is submerged about two-thirds its 
depth, while during the flood seasons it 
is entirely submerged. The water is 
diverted from the river by an intake 
constructed of concrete masonry, the 
walls of which are six feet in thick- 
ness and twenty-five feet high, and 
resting on the native rock, which di- 
verts the water into the shaft above 



mentioned. In order to keep this bay 
free of obstructions, heavy timbers, 
have been so arranged that all de'bris 
is kept from floating into it — in other 
words, it is a grating made of timber,, 
and as an extra precaution a heavy 
steel wire screen adds further precau- 
tion to the waters coming into the in- 
take. A rudder boom 300 feet in length 
is moored up stream on the intake 
side of the river and reaches past the 
intake. By turning the capstan at the 
head of the boom, the rudders are 
thrown out, which causes the boom to 
swing out into mid-stream and serves 
as a fender for floating logs, etc. The 
river is 150 feet wide at this point, 
and about fifteen feet deep at ordinary 
stages. It is contemplated to build a 
concrete dam diagonally across the 
river from the down stream pier of 
the headbay to the opposite shore at 
the next low water season, which will 
have a length of about 400 feet, and 
which on account of its long crest will 
not cause backing up of flood waters, 
and at the same time will raise the 
level of tJhe river at the intake six feet 
and permit of a better inflow, and 
equalize the daily flow of water dur- 
ing the period of extreme low water. 

Returning again to the shaft, into 
which the waters have been diverted: 
A steel penstock seven and one-half 
feet in diameter rises through the ex- 
cavation into the bottom of the intake, 
the top or expansion joint of which is 
made tight with the rock walls of the 
shaft, so that a water tight roof is af- 
forded to the shaft, leaving the only 
escape for the water down through the 
penstock. A steel bulkhead 8x10 feet, 
rises beside the penstock and behind 
the center pier, and this bulkhead, sur- 
mounted by a neat little house, is the 
front door of the subterranean power 
house. Through it the elevator travels 
for the convenience of the operation of 
the works, and through it the electrical 
conductors descend. The penstock 



SEATTLI-: AND THE ORIENT. 



39 




The Snoqualmie Power Co. 



40 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



descends 250 feet until the cavity is 
reached, where it makes a right angle 
turn to the horizontal position and en- 
larges to a diameter of ten feet, reduc- 
ing again to eight feet at the middle 
section, which horizontal construction 
is known as the receiver. The receiv- 
er and lower half of the penstock are 
made of rolled steel eignt-foot plates, 
one inch thick. The upper half of the 
penstock is made of half-inch plates. 
The whole construction is calked bot- 
tle tight. The receiver lies upon a 
rock 'bench left in the cavity along its 
north margin, twelve feet above the 
floor. The penstock and receiver weigh 
450,000 pounds, and the water column 
in the penstock weighs 340.000 tons — 
in other words, the 340,000 tons of wa- 
ter which the penstock holds is what 
furnishes 12,000 horse power of elec- 
tric energj' that the company are now 
furnishing to consumers. The shaft 
was made large enough for two pen- 
stocks in view of doubling the capacity 
besides leaving room for the elevator 
to travel between, as well as for space 
for outgoing electric conductors. The 
i-eceiver branches at four points along 
its length, with four-foot openings, 
each branch being opened or closed by 
an immense Rensallaer valve weigh- 
ing 23,000 pounds, being the largest 
in use under so great a pressure. Each 
of these branches is connected with a 
3000 horse power Snoqualmie water 
motor, resting upon the rock floor of 
the cavity below, under which the tail 
race extends the entire length and re- 
ceives the discharge from the motors. 
Each water motor is directly connected 
with a 1500 K. W. Westinghouse tri- 
phase generator. The current passes 
from the generators to a marble 
switch-board, and ascends the shaft 
on cables of twisted aluminum wire to 
the transformer house above at a volt- 
age of 1000. The motors in use by the 
Snoqualmie Company are the inven- 
tion of the chief engineer of the com- 



panj". Without going into a technical 
description of the motors, it can be 
said that they revolve at a speed of 300 
revolutions per minute, and have a 
capacity of 3000 horse power in the 
water column; they are simple in con- 
struction, cheaply built, and can be 
designed for any head. The transform- 
er house, of which mention has been 
made, is fire-proof, built of brick and 
iron, with a concrete floor having an 
area of 40x60 and 30 feet high; it 
stands just east and contiguous to the 
intake. In this building the current 
is received at an initial voltage of 1000 
and is then passed into a series of 
step-up transformers, where the volt- 
age is raised to 30,000, which is the 
voltage of transmission. While at the 
present time the power which can be 
generated is estimated at 30.000 horse 
power, the company estimates that in 
the event that it was required they 
would be able to develop 200,000 
horse power — enough to furnish Seat- 
tle, Tacoma and Everett with all the 
power necessary for the next fifty 
years. They own the rights-of-way 
for the total line leading to both Seat- 
tle, Tacoma and Everett, with the ex- 
ception of several stretches along 
county roads, over which they have 
franchises. The right-of-way is pa- 
trolled daily by men on horseback, 
each having a distance of ten miles to 
go, to see that nothing befalls the line, 
and in this way they keep a perfect 
care over their entire lines, and are 
able to prevent any serious trouble to 
occur. The circuits used are of alum- 
inum, the first in use for long dis- 
tance transmission, and they have giv- 
en very great satisfaction, as alumin- 
um is lighter and is non-corrosive. 
Excellent cedar poles have been used, 
and every care has ben exercised in 
building the works at the falls and in 
erecting the lines, to put in nothing 
but the very best of material, regard- 
less of any expense. The result is a 



SEATTLK AND THI<: ORIENT. 



41 



very satisfactory power transmission 
plant, and one which will aid very 
materially in developing manufactur- 
ing interests in the cities to w'hich it 
is supplied. 

In Seattle the company has built at 
the corner of Main and Second Avenue 
a very substantial stone and iron 
'building, which is used as a terminal 
substation and for general offices of 
the company. The machinery occupies 
the underground basement, while the 
company's offices and tenants occupy 
the street floor space above. 



ways for both towns, and naturally a 
very great future is in store for it. 
The constructional operations of this 
great power project have been con- 
ducted throughout by Charles H. 
Baker, its president and manager, and 
Thomas T. .Johnston, its chief en- 
gineer. 



PUGET SOUND FISH, 

Of the various industries or inter- 
ests which center at Seattle none has 




In the Navy Yard of Puget Sound. 



Among the large consumers already 
taking power in Seattle is the Centen- 
nial Mill Company, which is now ope- 
rating two 200-horse power motors, 
the current from which is supplied by 
this company. The functions of the 
company wnll be to furnish power for 
all purposes, and it is not unreason- 
able to believe that almost every 
wheel turning in Seattle and Tacoma 
will soon be propelled by the power 
from Snoqualmie Falls, as well as the 
power for electric lighting and rail- 



made a more remarkable growth with- 
in the past few years than its fishing 
trade. It has grown from a very in- 
significant start to a business whicn 
gives employment to several hundred 
people at the present time. The illus- 
trations shown herewith give a view 
of the wholesale fish house of Frank 
V. List, formerly George S. List ct 
Brother. It is located at the foot of 
Lane Street, south of the Stetson-Post 
Mill Company's property, and has 
very advantageous arrangements for 



4^ 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



receiving fisli from steamers and ship- 
ping by rail. Tiie house has been es- 
tablished three years, and is doing a 
very extensive business, principally 
shipping from their fish in cold storage 



fish all the way from Olympia to Alas- 
ka, and employs anywhere from ten to 
twenty-five men. The market in the 
East for Puget Sound fish is very large 
and no difficulty is experienced in 
finding a ready sale 
for all the fish that 
can be procured. 







The Kstablishment of Frank V. I.ist 
(Formerly owiud by Geo. 6. List.) 

to the Eastern market. Last year the 
increase was fully 50 per cent. This 
year Mr. List contemplates operating 
his own steamboat, and will then be 
able to greatly increase the amount 
of product he handles. He now buys 



THE TIMBER 
OF PUGET SOUND, 



Very few people 
outside of the State 
of Washington realize 
the vast importance 
of the timber wealth 
of this state. It might 
also be stated that 
few people outside of 
those very familiar 
with the subject, even 
in the State, renlize 
the importance of the 
great lumbering in- 
dustry now carried 
on. Directly employ- 
ed, there are, approxi- 
mately, 22,000 people 
engaged in the lum- 
bering business in the 
western part of Wash- 
i n gto n , fully two- 
thirds of whom are 
upon Puget Sound, 
and the value oi the 
product which is turn- 
ed out will reach into 
the millions. There 
i.s not a country in 
the civilized world 
which is not now 
using lumber shipped 
Irom Piiget Sound ; 
there is iiardly a stale 

Union but wliat is receiving 
or shingles from Puget 

and the demand has grown 
(due most largely to its 



in the 
lumber 
Sound, 

S-O l;ir;.'e 

superiority) that it is with much diffi- 
culty that the supply is maintained. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



43 



The foreign trade which is now de- 
veloping into very great proportions, 
and which, by the way, is handled by 
those mills which are accessible to ves- 
sels plying the Pacific, promises to 
steadily increase as time progresses. 

In the State of Washington there are 
23,588,512 acres in timber, almost nine- 
tenths of which lies in Western Wash- 
ington. The value of this timber, 
roughly speaking, is probably not far 
from one billion dollars; and the fur- 
ther the inroads the lumberman makes 
upon the supply, the more valuable 
will the remainder become. To give 
an idea of the shipments from Puget 
Sound by water it can be stated that 
2.250,000 feet per month were shipped 
for 1899. Over 20,000,000 feet have 
been shipped from Seattle to coast- 
wise points during the year, and fully 
6,000,000 feet went to foreign ports; 
more than 35,000 cars were loaded and 
forwarded to Eastern markets, and 
had it been possible to secure a suffi- 
cient number of cars, it is estimated 
that at least 20 per cent more business 
would have been done. There are now 
upward of nearly five hundred small 
lumber and shingle mills distributed 
along the lines of railroads centering 
in Seattle as follows: On the line of 
the Great Northern, 305; Seattle & In- 
ternational, 75; Seattle & Northern, 
10; Northern Pacific, 165; Everett & 
Monte Cristo, 6; Bellingham Bay & 
British Columbia, 10; Columbia & 
Puget Sound, 4; in Seattle, 4; other 
points, 120. The aggregate daily capa- 
city of these mills is 7,000,000 feet of 
lumber and 30,000,000 shingles. The 
number of men employed in logging 
camps and about the mills during the 
past year is about 22,000, and the 
amount of money which the lumbering 
industry pays for labor is more than 
one million dollars per month. Na- 
ture has supplied the Sound country 
with suuch a vast quantity of timber 
that its forests cannot be removed 



during the next fifty years, and the 
manufacture of the many kinds of 
wood will remain, as it now is, the 
leading industry of Puget Sound. Only 
the manufacture of fir and cedar has 
as yet been caried on extensively, but 
in addition to these valuable woods the 
forests of Western Was'hington con- 
tain spruce, hemlock, pine, tamarack, 
yew, maple, alder, cottonwood, vine 
maple, oak, ash and dogwood, any of 
which are adapted to the manufacture 
of all kinds of furniture, barrels, tubs, 
pails, etc. During the year 1899 there 
have been about 15 new shingle mills 
established in the western part of this 
state, 20 new lumber mills, and 25 log- 
ging camps. As stated above, the cut 
of lumber has averaged about 7,000,000 
feet per day. This product represents 
the labor of one man in the woods, 
also one man in the mills for every 
thousand feet of sawed lumber. 



IN A WASHINGTON LOGGING CAMP, 



A lumberman from the East, sudden- 
ly transplanted to the depths of a 
Washington forest, would throw up 
his hands, sorrowfully shake his head 
and loudly bewail his inability to suc- 
cesfully bring Che giant conifers to a 
bed in the saline waters of Puget 
Sound. 

And it is no small task that the lum- 
berman of the Coast undertakes, when 
one considers the height and girth of 
the trees with which he must cope. 
Eastern methods of logging, while un- 
excelled in their own territory, would 
be worse than useless on the Coast, 
and many a logger from the white pine 
districts has found to his cost that the 
seemingly crude appliances in vogue in 
Washington are the only successful 
methods of operating in such mighty 
timber. 

It may be well to take a bird's-eye 
view of the work as carried on by the 



44 



SEATTLK AND THE ORIENT. 




hirgest concern in the Pacific 
Northwest, and it is not im- 
possible, the largest individual 
institution of the kind in the 
world— that of the Simpson 
Logging Company. 

The company maintains a 
corps of surveyors, who in ad- 
dition to their work of "'run- 
ning the lines" of the tracts of 
timber selected as the next 
victim of the woodman's axe, 
select and determine the routes 
for the extensions of the logging 
railroads, estimate the cost of 
bridges, fills and cuts and per- 
form the same duties as of 
other railroad companie.?. On 
their report depends the loca- 
tion of the railroad and the 
scope of country which can be 
embraced by the proposed 
branches. 

When the line of road has 
been fully determined upon 
and the graders at work, the 
camp foreman carefully tra- 
verses the ground and locates 
the site for the permanent 
camp; having reference to its 
accessibility to the timber, 
water supply, etc. Formerly 
camps were built of logs, but 
with improved methods of 
transportation which the log- 
ging railroads afford, lumber is 
now chietiy used as a building 
material. While the pictur- 
esque feature of the old-time 
camp is lost, the ease of con- 
struction is greatly increased, 
and having only mild winters 
to contend with, the warmth 
of a log house is unnecessary. 
In the operations of the com- 
pany in question portable 
camps have been utilized with 
great success. When the 
timber in reach of the camp 
has been removed, it is 
but the work of a few 



In Camps ui' Si.mi'sox Loggi.ng Cc 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



45 



hours to take down these structures, 
load them on the cars and erect them 
in some new spot. 

With the building of the camps, the 
grading of the railroad and the selec- 
tion of his men, the camp foreman 
has his hands full, but when these nec- 
essary adjuncts are once complete, the 
serious work of logging commences. 
After a survey of available grades for 
the skid roads, one crew is put at work 
cutting out the right of way, grading 
the road and laying the skids. These 
skids are small logs from 12 inches to 
18 inches in diameter and are sunk 
one-half their thickness in the ground, 
being spaced nine feet apart. These 
skids form the bearings on which the 
logs are dragged, and as nothing short- 
er than a 20-foot log is hauled, nine 
feet centers give each log two bear- 
ings and prevents tipping up and 
tearing out the road. 

Another crew is busy preparing the 
landing or rollway from which the 
logs are loaded on the cars. When 
these components of operations are in 
readiness, the sawyers are set to work 
and on them depends largely the suc- 
cess of the work. A good head faller 
can in falling his timber throw a tree 
in any direction, taking into considera- 
tion, of course, its lean and sweep. An 
incompetent workman can waste his 
wages many times over by dropping a 
tree on to a stump, breaking and shat- 
tering the timber; or he can place 
it in such a position that the bucker or 
man who cuts the fallen monster into 
log lengths will have to upcut it, there- 
by losing valuable time, or he can fall 
it so that great trouble is experienced 
in yarding it out to the skid road. He 
is a picturesque figure in red shirt, 
bare headed, bare armed and brawny 
chested. Perched on his spring board 
sometimes twelve and fifteen feet from 
the ground, he pierces the vitals of the 
fir with the steel, which gives forth 
a dirge for the leviathan which it is 



about to bring to earth. 

Slowly, but surely, the saw makes its 
inexorable way, and finally with a few 
sharp blows on the wedge, the masive 
top shivers, sways and bows its head 
to the mighty will of man. 

Following, comes the bucker or saw- 
yer, and on him also depends much. 
He measures the tree, decides what 
length of logs it will make, having al- 
ways in mind his foreman's instruc- 
tions relative to the lengths wanted 
for the boom then in preparation. He 
knows instinctively how to so place 
his cuts that no defects show on the 
ends of the log for the scaler's watch- 
ful eye to fall upon and he labors from 
morning to night, a machine of human 
intelligence. With the last coarse note 
of his saw through the under bark,, 
comes the hook tender, or man who 
shall decide in what direction and in 
what way the log shall be "yarded" 
or hauled to the skid road. After a 
careful survey of the conditions of the 
ground obtaining, this skillful general 
issues his orders to his subordinates, 
and soon a fairly clear pathway is 
hewn from the log to the road. 

Carefully, deliberately, with no un- 
due haste, comes plodding a faithful 
horse; stepping over obstacles, avoid- 
ing pitfalls, browsing on a tempting 
bit of scrub he comes, dragging one 
end of a seven-eighth-inch wire cable, 
the other end being no man knows 
where. By this time steel dogs are 
driven into the log and everything 
prepared for its initial journey to tide 
water. The barkers have hewed the 
ride (the portion which rides the 
ground), the snipers have bevelled the 
end so that the sharp corners may not 
catch on roots or other impediments, 
and the pounders have seen that the 
dogs are so driven that they shall not 
pull out. One end of the line is hook- 
ed to the dog, blocks rove to carry the 
line around obstacles, and with a sten- 
torian roar the hook tender gives the 



46 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



signal to the waiting "dcnltey"' or 
winding engine to whose drum the in- 
visible end of the line is fastened, to 
"go ahead,"' and with a groan, a shiver 
and a heave the line taughtens. the 
blocks raise from the ground, and the 
log starts forward on its first stage to 
the water. Many are the obstacles in 
its course, and skillful the manner in 
which the hook tender removes the 




diameter steel cable. This road don- 
key engine may be a mile and one- 
quarter from the log when first it starts 
on its journey, but the inevitable steel 
rope curls its devious way guided by 
rollers around the tree trunks, rocks 
and hills, the log following the gentle 
sheer given by the skids, until with a 
final pant the engineer shuts off steam 
and the log rests on the rollway or 
platform, preparatory to beinj^ 
loaded on the cars for the llual 
stage of its journey to salt water. 
This rollway holds from one hun- 
dred to one hundred and fifty 
thousand feet of timber, and is 
elevated the height of the bunks 
on the logging cars from the track. 
The logging trucks are placed 
in position, the loading donkey's 
cable is wrapped around the 
og, and the giant rolls gently 
onto the trucks and brings 




Thk Simpson 
same. Now, by a "lead" with a block, 
a stump is avoided, again by a change 
in "hold" a roll is given that takes it 
over a windfall, until the clear road is 
reached and the yarding donkey's la- 
bors are over. 

Coupling dogs are driven, and linked 
to three, four or even seven of its fel- 
lows, the great bole glides slowly off 
impelled 'by the insistance of the road 
donkey at the other end of an inch in 



Logging Co. 

up hard against the chocks which pre- 
vent its gaining the ground on the oth- 
er side of the car. Car after car is 
loaded, and when the locomotive with 
its train of "empties" comes puffing in 
sight its return load of from sixty to 
seventy thousand feet of logs stands 
ready to "hit the trail" for its final 
resting place. 

The balance of the journey is fraught 
with net a little danger, and the men 
manning the log trains have many 



SEATTLK AND THE ORIENT. 



47 



more perils to contend with tiian their 
brothers of the strictly mercantile rail. 
Chocks and "dutchmen" get loose, dogs 
pull, rails spread and trees fall across 
the track, and with the sharp curves, 
heavy grades and the necessity for 
hand breaking, a job on a logging 
train is no sinecure. 

The method of unloading the logs 
from the truck and their final deposit 
in the waters of the Pacific is one pe- 
culiar to the coast. On a parallel 
track to the one on which the loaded 
train stands is a box car in which is 
mounted a hoisting engine and crane. 
A rope rove through its extremity car- 
ries a swamp hook which engages with 
the log and a few turns of the drum 
of the engine is sutticient to roll the 
log from the car and dump it into the 
water. The "unloader" by a system of 
transmission chains propells itself to 
the next car when the operation is re- 
peated, and in a surprisingly short 
time the trucks are clear and ready for 
their return to the woods. 

Modifications of the above method of 
logging of course are employed in some 
camps of the company, whose opera- 
tions are outlined above, horses being 
used instead of steam, but they are 
gradually being supplanted by the lat- 
ter contrivances. 

To give some idea of the magnitude 
of the operations of the largest log- 
ging concern on the Coast, the follow- 
ing may be of interest. The Simpson 
Logging Company of Seattle, Washing- 
ton, whose works are chiefly in Ma- 
son County, operate seven camps, two 
lines of standard-gauge railroad, one 
with its branches and ramifications 
comprising about forty miles, while the 
other with sidetracks and switches 
covers at least sixty miles of grade. 
For the operation of these roads ten 
locomotives are used, varying in 
weight from twenty-five to sixty tons. 
Of these three are used for yarding 
purposes or taking the loaded cars 



from the branches to the main lines, 
where they are made up into trains for 
the salt water trip. These yarding lo- 
comoitives are of the geared type, and 
can haul a train load of empty trucks 
up a 12 per cent grade and a train of 
loaded cars on 5 per cent grade with- 
out "turning a hair." In the prepara- 
tion of the logs for the train twenty- 
two donkey engines and eighty horses 
are used. The donkeys winding from 
1000 to 6500 feet of seven-eighth-inch 
to one-inch steel cable. This company 
also utilizes a device for taking logs 
up and down steep places in order to 
do away with the use of "chutes." This 
use of chutes permits of the descent 
of the log from a high level at terrific 
speed, fills the timber with gravel and 
stones, damaging the mill saws and 
lessening the marketable quality of the 
logs. To obviate this, a heavy boiler 
and hoisting engine cf peculiar con- 
struction are mounted on a flat car. 
Around awheel riggsdwith grips passes 
a wire cable, whose ends are made 
fast, one at the foot and one at the 
summit o£ the grade to be overcome. 
The logs are rolled on the track ahead 
of the machine, and coupled to the 
same. When started the machine acts 
as a brake and brings them to the 
bottom of the decline without hurt. It 
then winds itself up the rope to its 
proper place at the top of the declivi- 
ty. If necessary the operation can be 
reversed and the logs hauled up as 
high as a 7 per cent grade. 

The seven camps of the company are 
all connected with the central office by 
telephone, so that instructions can be 
given to the several foremen without 
loss of time. The pay roll comprises 
some 500 names beside the heads of the 
different departments. In connection 
with the actual business of logging, 
the company furnishes supplies for its 
camps and employes from two large 
general stores, and three large steam- 



48 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



ers are employed in its transportation 
service. Its annual output aggregates 
100,000,000 feet of logs per year, and its 
large shingle mill has an annual cap- 



gii.aing. Showing the progressive ten- 
dencies of the man it is only necessary 
•o state that Mr. Simpson inaugurated 
engines in logging, and the first don- 




\lhy'\mMi'^l)Af- 



.r.l^t4,tJSJJji^.>J^J^^^jy J J^JMd^JJJ^^*^*^'^'*' •"**■''•■»*■»•' f^-"^'^^-^. 



J 



aciiy of 50,000,000 shingles in the same 
time. 

The head, originator and active prin- 
cipal in this enormous business is S. G. 
Simpson, who ten years ago started the 
ball rolling with six horses and twenty 
men. The foregoing article shows 
what has resulted from this small be- 



key engine ever installed in the woods, 
was operated by him. 

From this small beginning sprang 
the immense business of the present, 
day, and as an example of push, ener- 
gy and sound business sense, Mr. Simp- 
son is '"facile princeps." 

FRANCIS ROTCH. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



49 



SHIP BUILDING ON PUGET SOUND, 



Moran Bros. Company Building Up a Great 
Industry. 

Ship building on the Pacific Coast, 
although in its infancy as yet, prom- 
ises to become ere long equal in mag- 
nitude to the long established industry 
of like nature along the Atlantic 
Coast. 

SeA-'eral yards in California have 
been established many years, and have 



tions represent the natural outgrowth 
of such an enterprise where it is 
backed by industry and energy. 

This company built its first vessel, 
the fireboat Snoqualmie, only ten years 
ago. 

Several years elapsed after building 
this vessel without opportunity for 
this company to secure ship building 
contracts, and during which time it ac- 
quired a reputation for designing and 
building high-class machinery and gen- 
eral structural work, but since 1895 




Moran Bros. Co —Overlooking Works from Outer Wharf. 



tiuilt many of the fine vessels now in 
service on this Coast. 

Yards on Puget Sound have also been 
.active in building vessels for all kinds 
of service. 

To Seattle belongs the distinction of 
possessing among its many growing 
and prosperous industries, a ship yard 
and engine building works which for 
rapid growth has outclassed many sis- 
ter enterprises. Moran Bros. Com- 
pany's business was established in Se- 
attle in the year 1882, with a small 
•capital, and its present large propor- 



the company has come foremost as a 
ship building concern of the first class. 

The first steel vessel constructed in 
the Pacific Northwest was built and 
equipped at the works of the company 
in Seattle, and several steel vessels 
have been built there since, fully estab- 
lishing Ihis plant as a successful steel 
ship building yard. 

Only a year ago the company, real- 
izing the growing importance of wood 
ship building, decided to build large 
saw and planing mills in connection 
with a moGcrn wood ship yard, all of 



50 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



which has been accomplished, the mills 
and ship yard having been in opera- 
tion for several months. 

This company's business has covered 
a wide range of work, including ves- 
sels for the United States Navy De- 
partment, also revenue cutters, river 
boats, Sound steamers, ocean going 
steel and sail vessels of both wood and 
steel construction. 

Moran Bros. Company's specialty is 
rapid v,rork, and its ability to handle 
work of magnitude on short time con- 
tracts was well demonstrated in the 
early part of 1898, when it built and 
equipped ready for service twelve large 
passejiger river steamers for the Yu- 
kon River trade in the short time of 
four months. Each of these vessels 
was of the following dimensions: 175 
feet long, 35 feet beam, 6yo feet depth 
of hold, and each fitted with two en- 
gines with 20-inch diameter cylinders, 
7-foot stroke. These vessels were tak- 
en under their own steam from Seattle 
to St. Michael, Alaska, which contem- 
plated an ocean voyage of approxi- 
mately 4000 miles. Eleven of the 
twelve steamers were delivered at St. 
Michael in first-class condition, and 
entered upon service on the Yukon 
River. Moran Bros. Company have 
built practically all of the vessels now 
navigating those waiters. The above 
feat of river boat ibuilding, taken into 
consideration with the voyage from Se- 
attle to St. Michael, Alaska, and the 
shortness of the time within w^hich it 
was accomplished, is probably unpar- 
alleled in the history of the world in 
cnat line of work. 

There is now building at the com- 
pany's new yard a wooden steamship 
for the Pacific Clipper Line, to be used 
in its Cape Nome trade. This vessel 
will be thoroughly finished and equip- 
ped for first-class passenger service, 
for which the time allowed from the 
sawing of the first timber to the com- 
pletion of the vessel is 120 days. 



This vessel is nearly 250 feet in 
length, is heavily bui'lt and the finish- 
ing throughout is to be artistic as 
well as substantial. To those acquaint- 
ed with the work of building such a 
vessel the short time mentioned will 
be thought remarkable. They also 
have under construction a large four- 
masted schooner for the same com- 
pany. 

During the past year large exten- 
sions have been made to this com- 
pany's plant, which now includes steel 
and wood ship building in all its 
branches, saw mill in which the larg- 
est and longest timber can be cut, in- 
cluding sticks as large as 48 inches 
square and 125 feet long. 

The company also operates the 
largest and best equipped foundry, 
machine shop and boiler shop and 
forge on the Nor^th Pacific Coast. The 
boiler shop and forge are equipped 
with the largest and most modern 
tools on the Pacific Coast, equal to any 
requirements. The plant covers an 
area of sixteen acres, with nearly a 
mile of dock frontage, and with all 
transcontinental railway tracks con- 
nected direct to the shops and yards. 

On the deep water dock there is 
constructed a seventy-five-ton electric 
shear for transferring heavy machin- 
ery from the cars to vessels, or vice 
versa. This plant, taken as a whole, 
is probably the most complete of any 
on the Pacific Coast today, as within 
itself it has the facility for the con- 
struction of any work, the hull and 
machinery of either wood or steel ves- 
sels, also including cabin work and 
the larger part of the equipment, mak- 
ing the plant independent of any out- 
side source of supply. 

To those wtho are unfamiliar with the 
process of building a siteamship, a 
short description of the work may 
prove interesting. The owner having^ 
determined on a certain capacity for 
any desired service, the designer lays 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



51 



out the lines of a hull of the required sel's framing and plating or planking 
displacement; the general form or are then laid out on a scale model, 
degree of fineness of water lines being and the detail drawings of the hull 




OF int. 

Boiler 
horky- 



In Moran Bros. Co.'s Ship Yards. 



suited to the speed desired. Calcu- 
lations are then made to ascertain the 



construction may then be made. 
The work of laying down the lines 



power and type of machinery. The full size on the mold lift floor is next 
general outline having thus been de- in order, after which the molds are 
termined, the arrangements of the ves- ••lifted," which means that a portable 



5^ 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



mold or pattern of each of the vessel's 
parts is made from the lines on the 
floor for the purpose of transferring 
the shape to the respective pieces of 
the bulk material. 

Meantime the detail plans of shop 
drawings of the machinery and hull 
trimmings are being made so that by 
the time the keel of the vessel is laid 
the entire work is well in progress. 

The assembling of the vessel's parts, 
plating or planking, installing of ma- 
chinery and general finishing and 
equipment are all operations with 
which the reader is more or less fam- 
iliar. Each respective detail requires 
most careful study and attention, so 
as to insure substantial work and com- 
pliance with the requirements of all 
laws and regulations. The launching 
of a vessel is generally a source of ex- 
citement in the ship yard, and to see 
a ship enter the vi^ater always gives 
the builder a sense of pride and satis- 
faction. The preparations incident to 
launching the vessel are attended with 
much care and vigilance on the part of 
the constructor, as the least neg- 
lect or error in the arrangement of 
the details might render the launch a 
failure, or cause irreparable injury to 
the work so carefully done on the 
cradle. 

Not least among the builder's trials 
is the trial trip of the vessel, when her 
machinery and framing are tested to 
their full capacity to satisfy the own- 
er that no part of the work has been 
slighted or errors made in the original 
design, and a successful trial fully re- 
pays the builder for his care and anx- 
iety during construction. 

Moran Bros. Company have a clean 
record of trials of vessels built at its 
works, all requirements having invari- 
ably been exceeded, and it is a gratify- 
ing pleasure to the citizens of Seattle 
and the Pacific Northwest to note that 
this company's plant is rapidly ex- 
panding and to offer their wishes of 



success and prosperity to the men 
whose enterprising spirit has been 
the foundation of an industry destined 
to 'become a source of pride to all. 

There is also under construction at 
the present time a large two-section 
floating dry dock, which is of the fol- 
lowing general dimensions: 400 feet 
long, 100 feet wide, and with a lifting 
capacity to dock any vessel of this 
length. The company also operates a 
marine railway with a capacity for 
docking vessels of 1500 tons and less. 

All of the shops are equipped with 
electric traveling cranes and other 
labor saving appliances, including 
compressed air and hydraulic tools of 
every description. 

A few details of the Moran Brothers 
Company's shipbuilding yards will 
prove of interest to the ordinary read- 
er, or at least those who take an in- 
terest in the building up of a great 
big industry such as this is proven 
to be. Beginning at the oflBce of the 
company, if the visitor should desire 
to make a trip through their establish- 
ment, going first through the machin- 
ery shop, and then around by way of 
the ship yard and saw mill, he would 
be most thoroughly impressed with 
what he saw. The first buildings to 
the left are the machine shops, in 
which are located the most substantial 
character of iron working tools. As 
at present arranged, a little to the 
south and under the same roof, is the 
foundry. In order to expedite work, 
an over-head traveling crane is oper- 
ated, capable of lifting fifteen tons of 
metal. For instance, if an iron bar or 
a heavy casting is desired to be placed 
upon a lathe or planer, the man who 
has charge of the crane is given the 
order and with his independent en- 
gine which shifts the crane from one 
position to another or lowers the great 
block and tackle, the piece of casting 
or iron bar is picked up and trans- 
ported to the position desired, all in 



sp:attle and the orient. 



53 



the space of a very few moments. 
Everything is conducted in order to 
expedite time and for the relief of 
great bodily exertion. 

Passing through the machine shop 
one comes first to the copper smith 
shop, vv'here the various articles in use 
about a ship are constructed. In the 
rear of this shop are the store rooms, 
where all conceivable articles of ma- 
rine hardware are stored. Still fur- 
ther south of this is the pipe-fitting 
works, and across an open driveway 



principal reason being that the articles 
purchased are not of the high standard 
or equal to those they can manufac- 
ture. When one has reached the pat- 
tern shop they have practically finished 
with that portion of the shops erected 
at the organization of the company. 
Between this space and the new boiler 
shops there is a warehouse and a 
shed; to the left of this is the black- 
smith shop, in which the heavy forging 
and various other work is done. Prob- 
ably the most interesting place to visit 




Where They Build Steel Suits. 



is the brass or copper foundry. Still 
farther along is the pattern shop and 
furniture factory. The visitor would 
probably be surprised when he is told 
that in the furniture factory practi- 
cally everything in the shape of wood 
work or furniture to be used in fitting 
out the interior of a ship is construct- 
ed. Even such articles as the wheels 
in use, the settees and other innumer- 
able articles. The company, no doubt, 
could purchase these things as cheaply 
as they could make them, but it does 
not follow out their line of policy; the 



is the shop one will enter from this 
point — the new boiler works. This is 
a portion of the new works which is 
contemplated and for which plans have 
been drawn some little time. The 
building is built after the most im- 
proved plan and is most substantially 
constructed, having plenty of light and 
room enough for carrying on all works 
without obstruction, and so arranged 
that machinery will work to the utmost 
advantage. Running the full length of 
this shop is a traveling crane, operated 
by electricity, which has a lifting ca- 



54 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



pacity of thirty tons; it is quick acting 
and will do the work much more 
speedily than the old style or those 
which are operated by steam power. 
The shop is supplied with practically 
every modern machine, including a com- 
pressed air and hydraulic plants, which 
furnish power for rivetting, drilling, 
etc., and is easily transported by means 
of a hose and pipes from various parts 
of the building, or can be carried on to 
adjacent places on the premises. There 
are also gigantic punches, one of the 
largest set of rolls for rolling sheet 
iron in the United States, enormous 
shears for cutting up plate used in the 
construction of boilers — and, in fact, 



requires a great deal of bodily exer- 
tion, and place it in position upon the 
vessel required, in a fraction of the 
time it now takes to perform this 
task. This traveling crane will move 
over the section allotted to shipbuild- 
ing purposes; in other words (using 
the picture of the George W. Dickenson 
which is shown in a picture herewith 
as an illustration) this bridge will be 
able to move above such vessels, and 
one can readly appreciate the enormous 
advantage of having such an auxiliary 
to the work in hand. This portion of 
the yard will probably be devoted to 
wooden shipbuilding and has ample 
capacity for several vessels on the 










MoRAN Bros. Co. -How a shu' looks on the inside while in first stagesof construction. 



almost every conceivable device for 
expediting the handling of the parts 
which go to make up boilers. From 
this building one turns to the west 
and follows the wharf out to the ship 
yards. A portion of the sheds, which 
will be extended clear to the outer 
limits of the wharf, have already been 
constructed, and some idea can be 
formed of the way it will operate when 
completed. To be brief, it contem- 
plates an electric traveling bridge, 
which will be sufficiently high to move 
above vessels which are being built in 
the yard, and modeled much after the 
steam or power cranes; it will enable 
the operator to pick up a stick of tim- 
ber or other heavy material which now 



stocks at one time. A waterway suffi- 
ciently wide to permit of egress and 
ingress will be left, and on the oppo- 
site side, near where the present ma- 
rine railway is situated, will be located 
a floating drydock of size and capacity 
sutlicient to life up any vessel which 
may desire to take advantage of it. 
The machinery for this dock is now 
being built by the company, and it will 
be constructed as speedily as possible. 
At the present time the whole works, 
from one end to the otner, are going 
through a transitory state. The plans 
contemplated call for the most modern 
and complete shipbuilding plant in 
the country, in which both steel and 
wooden ships can be advantageously 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



55 



built. It will be possible when finished 
— in fact, very shortly — to do the labor 
that now requires a dozen men to per- 
form, with the assistance of but one or 
two; for instance, a large steam crane 
will be constructed on the outer end 
of the northern wharf, which will be 
capable of lifting seventy-five tons. 
Upon the completion of a boiler weigh- 
ing fifty or sixty tons, it will be lifted 
from the floor of the boiler shop upon 
a car, and this car will run out through 
the works upon the wharf alongside of 
the waiting vessel, and this great, im- 



The present offices will be torn away, 
and a brick building erected in their 
place, with ample quarters, and speci- 
ally guarded against any possible fire. 
There will be railroad side tracks for 
the receiving of freight, built into 
yards, and trackage facilities through- 
out the yards for the transporting of 
their own material from one point to 
another, operated by their own loco- 
motives; and by being able to manu- 
facture not only in wood, but in all 
kinds of metal, everything practically 
used in the construction of a ship. 



h 







jgtMimn'^mmuM 



MoRAN Bros. Co.'s Siiii' Yard. --The 1-'rame oi SxE.vmer Geo. W. Dickinson 30 days after 

LAYING KEEL. 



mense crane will pick it up and lower 
it in position, doing the work in half 
a day that under ordinary circum- 
stances requires several weeks. It is 
intended to build the shops, or an ex- 
tension of the boiler shops, through to 
the northern entrance, or, practically 
speaking, where the offices now sfand. 
in which will be located the machine 
shops, the foundry, blacksmith shop 
and various establishments now locat- 
ed in the various buildings, all in this 
one great establishment, with the ex- 
ception of the pattern shop and furni- 
ture factory. The building then will 
have an approximate length of .580 feet. 



down to the minutest detail, the Moran 
Brothers Company will have an estab- 
lishment which will exceed anything at 
present on the Pacific Coast. The saw 
mill which was recently constructed 
by them and is now in operation, hav- 
ing a capacity of 80.000 feet of lumber 
per day, gives them the advantage of 
getting out just such lumber and such 
wooden materials as are best needed 
for all purposes. 

To give an idea of the magnitude of 
the foundry which they have in opera- 
tion, it can be stated that a few day.s 
since a single casting was made which 
contained 32.000 pounds of metal. It is 



56 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



doubted if any larger castings were 
ever made on the Pacific Coast than 
this. But to describe the whole estab- 
lishment in the minutest detail would 
occupy a very considerable space and 
probably be so technical that the aver- 
age reader would not understand it. 
It has been more the purpose of this 
article to give some general idea of 
what shipbuilding in Seattle is destined 
to become, rather than to go into the 
finer details. 



abled to compress hay into one-half 
the volume or space formerly required 
to put up this commodity, and during 
the past year they have developed an 
enormous trade. They are wholesale 
dealers in feed, grain, hay, building 
materials of all kinds, such as lime, 
plaster and cement, and their increase 
last year over the previous year was 
equal to 35 per cent. The company 
has been in business here for nine 
years, and now has a trade which ex- 




MORAN Bros. Company. 
View of Steamer Geo. W. Dickinson 50 days after her keel was laid. She is being built for Pacific 

Clipper Line. 



GALBRAITH, BACON & COMPANY, 

One of the extensive commodities 
that is shipped from Seattle to Alaska 
and to the Orient, and which has 
grown considerably during the past 
year, is hay and mill feed. Through 
a process of compression Galbraith, 
Bacon & Co., who occupy the Gal- 
braith Dock at the foot of Washington 
Street, upon the water front, are en- 



tends all over Western Washington, 
down to the Hawaiian Islands, into 
California and into Alaska. J. E. Gal- 
braith is the senior partner and man- 
ager and is represented as one of the 
very substantial merchants doing busi- 
ness in Seattle. He occupies a very 
beautiful residence at No. 109 Fif- 
teenth Avenue North, a picture of 
which is shown in future pages of this 
volume. Their warehouse is one of 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



57 



the busy places in the city. Eleven 
steamboats make a landing at this 
place, and have intercourse with all 
points on Puget Sound. About their 
wharf and in their warehouse they 
give steady employment to thirty peo- 
ple, and during the year they will pro- 
bably increase this number, at least to 
the extent of putting representatives 
on the road to travel in their interest. 

ROHLFS & SCHODER, 



Seattle has one of the largest bank 
and office fixture manufacturing con- 



in banks, offices, steamboats and stores 
and covers a pretty wide range. The 
firm is one of the best known on Pu- 
get Sound, and the fact that their es- 
tablishment is crowded with orders 
and their mill is about one of the 
busiest places in Seattle is evidence of 
the standing they possess. An illus- 
tration is shown herewith which will 
give some idea of the size of the build- 
ing they occupy, but to thoroughly ap- 
preciate the great amount of industry 
manifested one is compelled to make 
a visit through their place. 




Factory of Rholfs & Schoder. 



cerns in the Northwest in the firm of 
Rohlfs & Schoder. They are located at 
610 to 620 First Avenue South in a 
building 150x150 feet in size. They 
have been established here since 1889 
and are really the successors of the 
Hall & Poison Furniture Company. At 
the present time they give employment 
to forty people and the extent of their 
trade is very considerable. Their prod- 
uct, as above stated, consists of bank 
and ofiice fixtures, which means prac- 
tically the manufacture of counters, 
steamboat fixtures, and all kinds of 
stationary furniture, such as is used 



ONE Ox" THE BIG MACHINE WORKS. 

One of the largest and best known 
machine works on the North Pacific 
Coast is that of the Washington Iron 
Works Company, which occupies twa 
and one-half blocks of land on Grant 
Street, in the southern part of the city. 
Some illustrations accompany this arti- 
cle, which will afford an idea of the 
magnitude of the plant. The one of 
the exterior view does not take in the 
entire establishment, because of the 
fact that the buildings in which are 
located the foundry are some little dis- 



58 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 




The Plant of Washingiun' Iron Works Co. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



59 



tance away on the opposite side of the 
street. Illustrations, however, do not 
always tell a complete story in them- 
selves, but help to emphasize their 
character and magnitude. The Wash- 
ington Iron Works was established in 
1882. and has steadily grown from that 
day to this, until it now occupies a 
foremost position in the manufacture 
and repair of all kinds of machinery. 
The principal product of this concern 
is the manufacture of engines and 



exceed that this year. The com- 
pany give employment to over 140 
men in their various departments. One 
of their specialties, if it may be called 
that, is the building of a logging en- 
gine along the lines of great superior- 
ity. The demand by loggers through- 
out the Coast for this particular en- 
gine has been so great that it has been 
almost impossible to supply the de- 
mand. J. M. Frink, president and 
general manager of the company. 




James Street, Looking Toward Pioneer Square, Showing Seattle Hotel on Left. 



boilers, as well as all kinds of mining, 
milling and logging machinery. Their 
product has been sold in the North- 
ern territory on the one hand, and as 
far south as Nicaragua on the other. 
Because of their general increase in 
business they contemplate a gen- 
eral enlargement and are now 
engaged in installing considerable 
new machinery, two car loads 
of which recently arrived from 
the East. Their increase last year 
over the previous year amounted to 
fully 20 per cent and it will probably 



states that these engines are sold fast- 
er than they can be made, and that he 
looks forward to a very big year's busi- 
ness for 1900. 

It is establishments like this wnich 
give very great prestige to the manu- 
facturing industries of Seattle and give 
the city a high reputation among all 
classes of people. The foundry belong- 
ing to the company is one of the finest 
on the Coast and is fitted out with ev- 
ery modern convenience for the han- 
dling of all kinds of castings, includ- 
ing those of very great size. 



6o 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



THE J, E. FOX SAW WORKS, 



The only plant for the manufacture 
of saws upon the Coast is located here 
in Seattle. It is the establishment of 
the J. E. Fox saw works. The manu- 
facturing establishment or works are 



the saw works have developed a very 
extensive business. They have been 
established here six years. Last year 
the increase in their business was fully 
200 per cent in excess of the year pre- 
vious, and this year it is contemplated 
to greatly enlarge the plant and afford 
a much greater capacity. At the pres- 




•A. Group of Seattle Manufactories. 



located at 901 First Avenue South, 
while their office and warehouse is lo- 
cated at 112 Washington Street. The 
works occupy a building 60x180 feet, 
two stories in height, a picture of 
which is shown among other indus- 
tries. The concern manufacture all 
kinds of circular saws and saw teeth 
for use of lumber and shingle manu- 
facturers, and as this place is the cen- 
tre of a very large lumbering industry. 



ent time twenty-two men are employed, 
in addition to one man who travels 
upon the road in the interest of the 
concern. The saws made by the Fox 
saw works are used all over Washing- 
ton, and in many places outside of 
the State. Practically speaking, the 
firm have had all the business they 
could do, and in order to keep up with 
the demand are compelled to increase 
their capacity. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



6r 



THE CRESCENT MANUFACTURING 
COMPANY. 



An illustration is shown, among 
other manufacturing concerns of this 
city, of the building occupied by the 
Crescent Manufacturing Company at 
315 Occidental Avenue. The company 
occupy the entire three floors and base- 
ment, the building being 60x120 feet 
in size. The character of the business 




aside from the coffee and spice busi- 
ness, of putting up a superior quality 
of baking powder and extracts. Their 
representatives while on the road are 
constantly making demonstrations of 
their brand of baking powder in con- 
junction with brands of other well 
known makes, and in every instance 
the Crescent people are able to make a 
better showing. It is the same way 
with the extracts they put up; and the 
time will certainly come when the 
goods which are manufac- 

tured by this firm in Seattle 

will take precedence of 
those articles which are 
shipped in here from 
abroad, which indicates 
very clearly that Seattle 
manufacturers are able to 
thoroughly cope with the 
problem of manufacturing, 
and will in time be able 
to occupy this field entirely 
themselves. Not only is 
the stock equally as good, 
but the manner of putting 
up is equally as attractive 
and does the local concern 
very much credit. They 
also put up considerable 
tea under their own brand, 
and also for local firms 
who purchase from them. 



HALL BROTHERS' SHIP 
YARD. 



The Northern Hotki, on Iirst Avemi: 

consists in roasting and packing coffee, 
manufacturing the Crescent baking 
powder and extracts, and in the grind- 
ing of spices. They have been estab- 
lished here twelve years. Their 'busi- 
ness last year shows an increase of 
25 per cent over the year previous. At 
the present time over thirty people are 
employed in the establishment and five 
men are kept upon the road introduc- 
ing the company's product to the trade 
throughout the State of Washington 
and in Alaska. They make a specialty. 



Hall Brothers' ship yard 
which is locatep across the 
Sound from Seattle, at 
Port Blakeley, is one of 
the pioneer shipbuilding 
coucerns on Puget Sound. 
Hall Brothers have been 
^o" TH. engaged in business here 

for twenty-seven years, 
more than twenty of which have been 
spent at Port Blakeley, and many of 
the first-class wooden ships which are 
plying the waters of the Pacific Ocean 
today are the product of their yards. 
During the past few years, particularly, 
they have been exceedingly 'busy; and 
the illustration shown herewith shows 
three vessels upon the stocks which 
have since been launched and are now 
in the service. At the present time 
three vessels are under course of con- 
struction, and will be ready for launch- 



62 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



ing during the next few months. Hall 
Brothers probably have the best repu- 
tation for the building of wooden ships 
of any concern engaged in shipbuilding 
upon the Pacific Coast, and have more 
fine vessels to their credit than any 
other concern. During the year 1899 
three four-masted schooners were built 
and launched from their yards, as fol- 
lows: Winslow, William H. Smith and 
Lottie Burnett, practically of the same 
size and tonnage. The registered di- 
mensions of these vessels were: 
Length, 107 feet 4 Inches; breadth, 37 
feet 6 inches; depth, 12 feet 8 inches; 



for ships of all kind and character is 
giving them all the work they can 
possibly do at the present time. They 
are now employing something over lOO 
hands. 



THE PUGET SOUND NEWS CO, 



The Puget Sound News Company, a 
branch of the American News Com- 
pany, of New York, was established in 
1894. The company does a general 




Hall Hkothers' SnII>^ ard. 1'ort Ulakeley. 



gross tonnage, 566, net 496; lumber- 
carrying capacity, 750,000; dead weight, 
1000 tons. They have recently launch- 
ed a four-masted schooner, which was 
built for Allen & Robinson of Hono- 
lulu, with registered dimensions as 
follows: Length, 202 feet 2 inches; 
breadth, 40 feet 2 incffes; depth, 15 
feet 9 inches; gross tonnage, 950, net 
839; lumber-carrying capacity, 1.100,- 
000; dead weight, 1850 tons. Alto- 
gether the vessels which this firm has 
turned out, including those which are 
now on the stocks, run up to ninety- 
six, a record which is rather difficult 
to beat by any concern, no matter 
where located. The very great demand 



business in newspapers and periodicals 
covering Oregon, Washington, Idaho, 
all the Northwest Territory and Al- 
aska. They also supply the railroad 
train service north of the Columbia 
river. The Puget Sound News Com- 
pany also receives and handles sub- 
scriptions for papers and periodicals 
of every description and in every writ- 
ten language. Their business associa- 
tion with the American News Com- 
pany, which has branches and corres- 
pondents in all parts of the world, 
affords them unrivaled facilities for 
promptly filling orders for publications 
from any country. The company as- 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



63 



sumes responsibility for all monies re- 
ceived on subscriptions. 

This company also conducts a com- 
prehensive wholesale stationery and 
book business, their paper-covered 
book trade being the largest on the 
Coast north of San Francisco. The 
three floors of their establishment in 
the elegant stone block opposite the 
railway passenger center of the city, 
at the northwest corner of Columbia 
street and Western avenue, are crowd- 
ed with their constantly changing and 
immense stock of stationery, books, 
periodicals and newspapers. 




Building of Puget Sound News Co 

SEATTLE BREWING AND MALTING 
COMPANY, 



It is a gratifying fact that the product 
of the Seattle Brewing & Malting 
Company has reached that point of 
excellence and celebrity where it is 
placed in competition with all beers of 
the world. Their "Rainier Beer" is 
now to be found in the markets of 
nearly every country bordering on the 
Pacific. The company have numerous 
testimonial letters, received from dis- 
interested parties in Hongkong, Shang- 



hai, Tokio, Manila, Bankok, Honolulu, 
Guatemala, San Salvador. San Francis- 
co and many other places, which speak 
in the highest terms of "Rainier Beer," 
lauding both its palatableness and its 
purity. The company feels a pardon- 
able pride in the fact that their product 
is free from any of the deleterious sub- 
stances oft-times, for the sake of econ- 
omy, made to take the place of malt 
and hops in beer manufacture. 

A small army of employes is required 
to perform the multiple duties of brew- 
ing, ice-making, bottling, labeling, 
packing, selling, shipping, delivering, 
etc., together with 
the large office force. 
The plant is equipped 
with every facilily and 
modern appliance to 
expedite the work. 
The company malts 
its own barley and 
makes its own ice. 
Their bottling depart- 
ment has of late been 
greatly enlarged to 
meet the growing de- 
mand. This depart- 
ment is a great enter- 
prise by itself. The 
phenomenal success 
of the company is due 
in a great measure, to 
the i ndefa t igable 
efforts of Ueneral 
Manager E. F. 
Sweeney, who is a 
brewer to the manor 
Viorn, having been 
in the business since 
childhood. The 
officers of the com- 
pany are: Andrew 
Hemrich, president; 
E. E. Sweeney, vice- 
president and general 
manager; J. F. Campion, treasurer, and 
J. G. Fox, secretary. 

The export business of the institution 
is constantly on the increase. Mearly 
every steamer to Alaska, to Honolulu or 
the Orient carries a good sized consign- 
ment of Rainier beer. The title 
"Rainier Beer," which is now familiar 
to every shore washed by the Pacific, was 
chosen by the company, as the name 
naturally suggestssuperiority and purity. 
Rainier, the grand old mountain, robed 
in purest white, rises sublimely above all 
surrounding peaks ; this excellent bever- 
age enjoys an eminence in popularity 
and purity combined which no rival on 
the Coast has vet attained. 



64 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 




Seattle Brlhin(i/^M\ltin< 



ftoftlino v*o, THE 4. i . . • » . . 



i 



4 




(eiel)rMe(i Rainiew BtCR. •^""•' c.\jKi. HviMtK;RCM^«R/i»i/>mcn|: 



Where Rainier Beer is Made. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



65 



THE STETSON-POST MILL COMPANY. 



The Stetson-Post Mill Company is 
one of the pioneer lumbering concerns 
of Seattle; in fact, when the mill was 
built away back in 1875 on its present 
site just below the coal bunkers in 
this city, they were practically alone 
in the lumber trade, save for some 
very inconsiderable concerns located 
on this side of the bay. Their site in 
those days was considered quite a ways 
out of town, comparatively speaking, 
but the city has now grown around 
them so completely that they are al- 



both the mill and the sash and door 
factories were running at their full 
capacity. They give employment now 
to over one hundred men, two-thirds of 
whom are employed in the saw mill 
proper. About one-third of the product 
of the mill goes East by rail, the bal- 
ance being used for local consumption; 
the product of the sash and door fac- 
tory is all used locally. Among other 
improvements which have been made 
during the past year was a large shed 
used for planing machines. The illus- 
tration which accompanies this article 
gives a rather comprehensive view of 




Mill and Yard of the Stetson-Post Mill Company in Seattle. 



ready crowded for room, and are, prac- 
tically speaking, doing a saw mill busi- 
ness right in the heart of the water 
front. They own the site of nine acres 
on which their mill is located; in 
addition to their big mill they have a 
sash and door factory — recent improve- 
ments have been made to this at a cost 
of $12,000 and they are already taxed 
to their utmost to supply the demand 
made upon them. Mr. Stetson, in the 
course of an interview upon the lum- 
ber trade, stated that the increase last 
year was a very substantial one, and 



the property of the Stetson-Post Mill 
Company and shows the magnitude of 
the concern as it stands today. The 
property owned by the company is one 
of the most valuable in the city. 

THE DIAMOND ICE COMPANY, 

One of the very considerable cold 
storage plants and ice factories located 
upon the Pacific Coast is that of the 
Diamond Ice Company, which is 1^ 



66 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



cated on Western Avenue and Union 
Street. An exterior picture of the 
building, together with an interior 
picture of the methods used in manu- 




machinery they will increase the capa- 
city this year by 50 per cent. Twenty 
people are employed about the place in 
various capacities. In addition to the 
manufacture 
of ice, which 
at present is 
thirty tons 
per day, they 
have a very 
extensive 
cold storage 
warehouse, 
in which 
butter, eggs, 
beer, cheese 
and fish are 
kept for local 
dealers, 
which has a 
capacity of 
150,000 cubic 
feet. The 
largest por- 
tion of their 
cold storage 
plant is de- 
voted to the 
freezing o f 
fresh ti s h ; 
this h a s a 
capacity of 
two carloads 
or 40,000 
pounds per 
day. The 
system in 
use for mak- 
ing ice is 
what is 
known as 
the Pusey 



The Estadlishment of the Diamond Ice Co 



facturing ice, is shown in this article, 
and will give an idea of how extensive 
this establishment has become. They 
have been established here since 1893 
and have built up a very large busi- 
ness — the increase last year shows a 
giain of 25 per cent, and with additional 



system. The 
ice is made 
upon plates and is sliced off first in cakes 
22 inches by 11 inches thick and 66 
inches long, making a cake that 
weighs 500 pounds; it goes from here 
to the recutter and there is cut into 
three cakes of 150 to 175 pounds, and 
in these sizes is stored in the ice house. 



vSEATTlvE AND THE ORIICNT. 



67 



The ice is all made from distilled wa- 
ter and is as pure as any natural ice 
that can be found. The capacity for 
storage purposes is fifteen hundred 
tons. It is probable that their capa- 
city for filling orders is not exceeded 
by any other concern in the country. 
Last season they received in one day 
an order for 125 tons of product, mak- 
in a whole train load. It was filled 
within eight hours and started off on 
its journey, a record that would be 
very difficult to beat. 



a capacity of 1800 barrels per day; 
they also own a mill at Spokane with 
a capacity of 700 barrels per day, and 
aside from the product which is fur- 
nished for domestic consumption in 
both places, the balance is all shipped 
foreign, and already a trade has been 
developed with China, Japan, Siberia 
and Hawaii. The increase last year 
was fully 50 per cent over the year 
previous, and the near future will 
probably see further increases in the 
quantity manufactured. Mr. Thomson, 



i i 



c.1e:nniai.miulJco.J cUil 

* ' ttiuio 

I I I I I n 11 

t I t 11 i" 





The Plant of Centennial Mill Co., Seattle. 



THE CENTENNIAL MILL COMPANY, 

The Centennial Mill Company, 
which has now been established in this 
city for two and a half years, is al- 
ready reaching out for a very consider- 
able Oriental trade. They have al- 
ready shipped a good many cargoes di- 
rect to the far East, the last two of 
which, amounting to nearly 6000 tons, 
having gone to Siberia. In this city 
they own six and one-half acres of 
land very advantageously located upon 
the bay and have a flouring mill with 



the president of the company, has al- 
ready made several trips to the Orient 
and has succeeded in establishing him- 
self there very firmly. 



A VERY EXTENSIVE FIRM, 

The firm of M. & K. Gottstein, locat- 
ed at 806 Yesler Way, in a five-story 
brick building 30 by 120 feet in size (a 
fine illustration of which is herewith 
shown), is one of the very considerable 
wholesale houses in the Northwest. 



68 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



They probably carry the largest line of 
liquors, wines and cigars of any firm 
in Washington; they are also one of 
the oldest firms in Seattle, having been 
established since 1883. Their increase 
last year over the previous year is 
fully 25 per cent, and from present in- 
dications they will show a more mark- 
ed gain this year. They have eleven 



that within a few years Seattle will be 
doing a very large trade in all of the 
principal points in the Orient. 




Wholesale House of M. & K. Gottstein 



men employed in their establishment 
and keep three men traveling upon the 
road and are now selling goods in 
Alaska, all over the State of Washing- 
ton, and over a portion of Oregon; 
with the beginning of the present year 
they are developing a trade with Ja- 
pan, shipments to that country having 
already been made. They believe 
thoroughly in expansion and think 



OUR BIG IMPORTERS, 

One of the largest importing firms 
in this city dealing directly with Ori- 
ental countries is that of the Wa 
Chong Company, who 
occupy their four- 
story brick building, 
located on Third Ave- 
nue South. The prin- 
cipal articles wliicb 
they handle are tea 
and rice and Chinese 
merchandise. They 
operate their own 
rice mill in their estab- 
lishment in this city, 
which has a capacity 
of seven tons per day. 
In addition to the 
house in Seattle, they 
have houses in Mon- 
tana, and supply very 
much in the way of 
tea and rice and gen- 
eral Chinese merchan- 
dise to points in that 
section. In addition 
to being very exten- 
sive importers, they 
buy very large quan- 
tities of American 
flour and export it to- 
their Oriental con- 
nections. T he head, 
of the firm.Wa Chong, 
is one of tlie oldest and 
best known citizens in Seattle and has. 
a high standing in the Western com- 
mercial world. 



THE NEWELL MILL COMPANY. 

The Newell Mill Company occupies 
the most southern portion of Elliott 
Bay, having a capacity of 50,000 feet 
of lumber, 70,000 shingles and 10,000 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



69 



lath a day. Its location is in Soutli 
Seattle upon a site of land which com- 
prises ten acres. Mr. George Newell, 
the president, established the mill six- 
teen years ago and is one of the shin- 
ing examples on Puget Sound of suc- 
cess in the milling business. Like 
most energetic men he has had his ups 
and downs, fire having visited his 
place once, but still he has succeeded 
beyond his most sanguine expectations 



builders, but furnish free steam and, 
incidentally, the use of more or less 
machinery. Were it not for the Newell 
Mill Company, South Seattle would not 
be as important as it is today. The 
fact that they give employment to over 
fifty men, the majority of whom own 
their own homes, makes it a thriving 
little place. Most of the product of the 
mill is sold locally. 




The Plant OF THE Newell Mill Co., South Seattle. 



and today, together with his son Fred 
W., who is the secretary and manager 
of the concern, occupies a position of 
absolute independence. 

Alongside of the mill, of which a 
very excellent picture is here^yith 
shown, the mill company has a ship- 
yard, and although not running it 
themselves, usually have one or more 
vessels in course of construction most 
of the time. In fact, they rather en- 
courage any kind of industry and not 
only give the ground rent free to ship 



TAX RATE. 



The tax rate in Seattle, including 
State, County, City and School is 21% 
mills upon a valuation of about three- 
fifths of the market value of the prop- 
erty. This is a reduction of about 11 
mills since 1893, and shows a very 
gratifying state of affairs. The city's 
credit stands high, both locally and 
with financial centers of the East, and 
no difficulty has been experienced in 
disposing of its bonds at a very sub- 



70 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



stantial premium. The city is on a 
cash basis and has no floating debt 
outside of that for which bonds have 
been issued. The greater part of these 
bonds bear 5 per cent interest. 

COMMERCIAL STREET BOILER WORKS, 



The Commercial Street Boiler Works, 
of which H. W. Markey is the propri- 
etor, and which is located on First 
Avenue South and Lane Street, occu- 



the work through with great expedi- 
tion. This one point illustrates the' 
fact very clearly that Seattle is able to 
do any kind of contract work in mat- 
ters of this kind, and her establish- 
ments are as thoroughly advanced as 
those in San Francisco. The Commer 
cial Street Boiler Works has 'been es- 
tablished here thirteen years. The 
business the past year has shown a 
very great increase, being fully 75 per 
cent in excess of the previous year, and 




The Commercial Street Boiler Works. 



pying a building 45x138 feet in size, is 
an establishment of very considerable 
magnitude. As an instance of this 
fact it can be stated that Mr. Markey 
has just completed one of the biggest 
contracts of modern boiler repairing 
ever done in the North. It consisted in 
overhauling and putting in thorough 
repair the boilers of the steamship 
Oregon, wtiich involved an expenditure 
of upwards of $50,000. Mr. Markey re- 
ceived this contract, and at once put 
fifty men at work upon it, and rushed 



it has necessitated putting on a new 
addition thirty feet in extent, and the 
purchase of new rollers and a new 
steam punch and the replacing of older 
machinery with that which is more 
modern and up to date. The works 
send men to the Eastern part of the 
state and generally to all parts of the 
country in doing repair work, or in 
building new boilers. Something over 
sixty men are employed by Mr. Mar- 
key, and the boilers which he makes 
are used for all purposes. 



SEATTI.E AND THE ORIENT. 



71 



THE HEMRICH BREWING COMPANY. 

The Hemrich Brewing Company, in- 
corporated in 1899. by Alvin and Louis 
Hemrich of Seattle, has already ac- 
quired a solid footing in commercial 
circles on the Coast, owing to the 
excellence of its wares and to the wide 
experience of the incorporators and 
their extensive acquaintance on the 
Sound. The name of "Hemrich" has 
been connected with all the various 
brewing concerns of Seattle from its 



has recently necessitated the doubling 
of their capacity. The enlarged plant, 
equipped with the best modern ma- 
chinery and appliances, is now com- 
plete and in operation. 

The following excerpts from the Am- 
erican Journal of Health, of New York, 
are self-explanatory: * * * "a few 
days ago we made an analysis of th'^ 
beers manufactured by the Hemrich 
Brothers Brewing Company of Seattle, 
Wn., and we found no trace whatever 
of any ingredient that should not enter 




The Brewery of Hemrich Bros., near Lake Union. 



early bistory. The brothers were con- 
nected with the old Bay View Brewing 
Company, and later with the Seattle 
Brewing & Malting Company. After 
the consolidation of the various Se- 
attle breweries the Hemrichs bought 
the old Slorah steam brewing plant 
near Lake Union, converting it into a 
lager beer plant, since which time they 
have put on the market a quality of 
beer unexcelled on the Coast, in the 
manufacture of which only the best 
materials obtainable, are employed. 
The increased demand for their product 



into the composition of a perfect beer. 
But such a beer must be classed among 
the rare exceptions, as very few arti- 
cles of manufacture are adulterated to 
a greater extent than this beverage, 
for the temptation to use the cheaply 
prepared drugs in the place of the 
more costly malt and hops * * * is 
very great * * * and the effect of 
such beverages * * * is injurious. 
* * * We give an unqualified edi- 
torial endorsement to the beer brew- 
ed by the Hemrich Brothers Brewing 
Company, and it is the intrinsic worth 



12 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



of itlie pi'oduct that enables us to do 
so." 

A similar endorsement, under date 
of September 9, 1899, 'has been receiv- 
ed from E. A. McDonald, state dairy 
and food commissioner of the State of 
Washington. 

This company also makes a superior 
article of porter which finds growing 
favor on the Sound. 



THE STREET CAR SYSTEM OF 
SEATTLE, 



Seattle is probably better supplied 
with an efficient street car service than 
any other city of its size in the coun- 
try. A recent consolidation of a ma- 
jority of the lines in the city under 
one general management will vastly 
improve the general service and put 
the various lines in far better con- 
dition than they have ever been be- 
fore. At the present times there are 
sixty-four miles of road, divided up, 
before the time of consolidation, be- 
tween nine different companies, six 
of which have passed into the hands 
of the new company. It is the pur- 
pose of the new company to continue 
improvements and extensions until the 
lines of Seattle are put in thoroughly 
first-class shape. These improvements, 
together with the purchase price, rep- 
resent an outlay of about five millions 
of dollars. Employed by the nine com- 
panies there are something like 418 
men, who are paid $25,000 a month in 
the shape of salaries. At the present 
time ninety-four cars are employed in 
transporting passengers to the various 
points of the city. 

An efficient street car service prob- 
ably attracts more favorable atten- 
tion from possible investors than any- 
thing else in a city, with the possible 
exception of its bank clearances, and 
the fact that Boston and Eastern capi- 
talists have taken hold of the various 
lines in the city with the purpose of 
expending so much money is pretty 
good evidence that Seattle has a most 
excellent rating, and that the business 
of operating street car lines is looked 
upon with favor. It is sufficient to 
say that within the next year the new 
consolidated company will have a ser- 
vice upon its various lines which will 
not be equaled by any other city on 
the Pacific Coast. 



THE N. W, RICHMOND PAPER CO. 



The H. N. Richmond Paper Com- 
pany, which is located at 213-215 Occi- 
dental Avenue, is the only exclusive 
wholesale paper house in Seattle. The 
company is a very considerable concern 
and practically occupies five full floors, 
including basement, at the premises 
where it is located. They have been 
established here for eleven years and 
their trade now reaches all over Wash- 
ington, portions of Oregon, Idaho, Mon- 
tana and into Alaska. Some thirteen 
people are employed in their store in 
this city, and three men are kept trav- 
eling upon the road in the interest 
of the company. Last year the busi- 
ness showed an increase of fully 25 
per cent over the previous year, and 
it is safely predicted that the present 
year will show equally as marked an 
improvement. The company unques- 
tionably does as extensive a business 
as any other wholesale paper house on 
the Coast. 



THE RAINIER CIGAR COMPANY, 



In a city like Seattle where so much 
money is expended by smokers for 
cigars and tobacco there ought to be 
more home manufactured goods sold 
than these are. As an evidence of the 
fact that Seattle is able to manufacture 
and sell quite as good an article as 
can be produced elsewhere, the Rainier 
Cigar Company, of which A. A. Wright 
is the manager, located at 1004 First 
Avenue, is given as an illustration. 
The factory, while making several 
brands of cigars, pay particular atten- 
tion to the "Rainier" brand, made in 
two grades, selling for 10 cents straight 
and two for 25 cents, and which, by 
the way, are equal to any cigar made 
in the country and superior to nine- 
tenths of those which are imported 
here and sold under the guise of strict- 
ly imported goods. The Rainier Cigar 
Company ought to have more encour- 
agement than they have — in fact, they, 
as well as every other manufacturing 
concern in this city, ought to be patron- 
ized more extensively, particularly 
when equally as good goods are made 
as those which can be purchased from 
other quarters. This company has been 
established here now five or six years. 
Last year the increase of the busi- 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



73 



ness was very large; this year it will 
be still greater. They are now em- 
ploying twelve people in the factory, 
and in addition to supplying this city 
are also selling goods to Alaska. 

In regard to the manufacture of 
cigars a few statistics compiled by The 
Tobacco Leaf, a New York journal de- 
voted to tobacco interests, show that 
during the last five months of 1899 rev- 
enue tax in the United States was paid 
on an average of about 500,000,000 
cigars per month. Averaging these 



same ratio, viz., 40 per cent, would pay 
the laborers in cigar factories $24,000 
per month. Probably not more than 
20 per cent of the amount used here are 
manufactured here; but $4800 per 
month to cigar makers alone is quite 
a little amount even for a city the size 
of Seattle. The above figures are on 
cigars alone, not including cigarettes 
or other tobaccos. 

The internal revenue reports for 
1899 on tobaccos of all kmds averaged 
very nearly $5,000,000 per month. The 




The Store and Factory of the Rainier Cigar Co. 



cigars at $50 per thousand, a con- 
servative estimate, the selling price of 
these cigars amounts to the enormous 
sum of $25,000,000 per month. As the 
cost of manufacture alone amounts to 
about 40 per cent of the selling price, 
it will be seen that the various cigar 
factories of the United States pay their 
employes $10,000 per month for labor. 
In Seattle a conservative estimate 
gives the number of cigars sold each 
month at 1,200,000. which at $50 per 
thousand amounts to $60,000. If they 
were all manufactured here, this at the 



actual number of cigars manufactured 
in the United States for the six months 
ending December 31, 1899. was 3,059,- 
468.663. 



COOPER & LEVY, 



One of the oldest grocery firms in 
the Queen City is that of Cooper & 
Levy, located at the southeast corner 
of Yesler Way and First Avenue South. 
They occupy three floors, each 40x110. 



74 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



with an mimense stock of goods, be- 
sides having large warerooms else- 
where in the city. They do a retail 
grocery business as well as handling 
certain lines of 'hardware and house 
furnishing goods. The house was es- 
tablished in 1890 by the present part- 
ners, Isaac Cooper and Louis Levy, 
both of whom continue to take an ac- 
tive part in the business. The firm 
employs upwards of thirty persons and 
six wagons. Their trade, while large- 
ly confined to the city, is immense and 
is expanding rapidly. They do a strict- 



The firm attributes its uninterrupted 
success to close attention to business, 
selling at right prices, keeping the 
best grade of goods, the largest assort- 
ment in the city and employing ef- 
ficient help. 



THE SEATTLE TRANSFER COMPANY, 



Some idea can be formed of the 
traffic carried on in Seattle when it is 
stated that a single transfer company 




Interior View of the Store of Cooper Sl Levy. 



ly cash business, which insures patrons 
the very lowest prices and best goods. 
A number of their leading articles are 
put out under their own brand. 

A feature of their business is ship- 
ping goods to families in considerable 
quantities on orders by mail from the 
surrounding country, from British Co-- 
lumbia and Alaska. They issue and 
•mail to their patrons an illustrated 80- 
page price list monthly, containing a 
list of upwards of 400 articles, with 
prices of same, enabling outside people 
to get their goods as close as residents 
of the city. 



gives employment to 85 horses and 7& 
men. The whole story is told when 
these figures are given. The company 
referred to is the Seattle Transfer Com- 
pany. They occupy their own building, 
which is 120 feet square, and consists 
of two floors, located near the North- 
ern Pacific freight depot, in the south- 
ern part of the city. They have been 
established here since 1888, and in ad- 
dition to a general transfer business, 
such as handling baggage and express 
from all the trains, to and from in- 
coming ships, railroads and the like, 
they do a very large dray business and 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



75 



also a very large business in furnishing 
carriages and hacks. In the freight 
business they employ fourteen trucks 
and two drays, and in handling bag- 
gage they have twelve wagons. They 
also have ten carriages or hacks. The 
stable which they occupy is pronounc- 
ed one of the most complete, elab- 
orately arranged transfer barns in the 
West. The lower floor is occupied by 
the various vehicles of the company, 
harness room, drying room, place for 
washing wagons and by offices. The 
upper portion is used for the horse 
stalls, in which they now give accom- 
modation to 107 head. It is divided 
off in a stall for each animal, with 
several box stalls for infirmary pur- 
poses. There is also a convenient 
place for the veterinary. All the re- 
fuse is carried to the rear of the build- 



ing quite popular, and they already 
have four customers, one of whom uses 
four wagons. The company has the 
right (in fact, are the only people in 
Seattle who have it) of boarding all 
incoming vessels and trains and solicit- 
ing baggage, and this feature of their 
business has grown to very large pro- 
portions. The president of this large 
concern is E. C. Neufelder, presixlent 
of the People's Bank, while R. J. Ree- 
kie is secretary and treasurer and 
looks after the active management. 



THE SEATTLE HARDWARE 
COMPANY. 



Among the big houses which have 
given Seattle a reputation throughout 




Interior Main Store of Seattle Hardware Co. 



ing and from there dumped into the 
Sound, the waters of which rise with 
each succeeding tide. On the whole, 
it is most elaborately arranged. The 
Seattle Transfer Company also have 
two large omnibuses of their own, 
which they run to and from various 
trains and steamers. They were the 
first people in town to adopt rub- 
ber tires on their carriages. One of 
the features which they have recently 
added to their business is that of fur- 
nishing delivery wagons complete, in- 
cluding driver, to any merchant who 
desires the same, the payment for the 
service being made once a month. In 
this way the transfer company fur- 
nishes the entire equipment, keeps the 
wagons in order and stands all risk, 
the merchant simply paying for the 
service in a lump sum. It is becom- 



the West as a jobbing center, the Se- 
attle Hardware Company takes a lead- 
ing place. In order to emphasize the 
size and importance of their establish- 
ment several illustrations are herewith 
reproduced, showing both their whole- 
sale department and their retail store. 
The company has a capital of $200,000 
and are shipping goods all over the 
State of Washington, Alaska, British 
Columbia and into Idaho. In order to 
cover this territory five men are con- 
stantly upon the road, and the goods 
and stock handled by this well known 
firm finds a very wide distribution. 
Some idea can be formed of the en- 
ormous trade carried on when it is 
stated that ninety people are employed, 
and although established but fifteen 
years they now take rank with any 
of the big concerns doing a like busi- 



76 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



ness in San Francisco, and practically 
:are able to drive out all competition 
from the southern metroplis, and it 
will only be a question of a very short 
time when this firm will be able to 
enlarge its field of action and be sell- 
ing goods direct to the various points 
in the Orient. The floor space occu- 
pied by them amounts to something 
like 50.000 square feet. Last year the 
increase in business was 10 per cent 
in excess of the year 1898, a very large 
showing when it is taken into con- 



fully alive to the demands that are 
being made upon them and that they 
will easily and successfully be able to 
do the enlarged trade which it is con- 
fidently predicted will ensue by closer 
trade relations with our Oriental neigh- 
bors. 



THE PACIFIC COAST COMPANY, 

The Pacific Coast Company, which 
now has its general offices and head- 




SoME General Views of Seattle Hardware Co. 



sideration with the fact that the year 
1898 was considered a banner year. 
One of the notable undertakings which 
this company have just accomplished is 
the issuance of a 1100-page illustrated 
catalogue, which has been printed at 
a cost of $12,000. Such an undertaking 
has never before been attempt- 
ed on the Pacific Coast, and 
this fact lends all tne more 
weight to the enterprise and 
energy displayed by the Seattle con- 
cern and shows that houses here are 



quarters in this city, is one of the 
largest steamship companies on tlie 
Pacific Coast, and in order to get a 
comprehensive idea of how extensive 
they are, the following list of vessels 
which they operate is enumerated: 
Steamships Queen. Santa Rosa. Cot- 
tage City, State of California. City of 
Topeka, Coos Bay, Santa Cruz, Walla 
Walla, City of Pueblo, Corona, Coracao, 
Alki, Bonita, Gipsy, Umatilla, Senator, 
Orizaba, Alex. Duncan and Willamette, 
having a total carrying capacity of 32,- 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



17 



495. The routes operated are practi- 
cally five in number, as follows: Cali- 
fornia, southern coast, between San 
Francisco and San Diego, California, 
at which all the ports, large and small, 
lying between those places are visited; 
the next is the Sian Francisco, British 
Columbia and Puget Sound, between 
San Francisco and Seattle, which also 
includes Victoria and Vancouver, Brit- 




SoME Ships of the Pacific Coast Co 

ish Columbia; the next route or divi- 
sion is the line plying between Puget 
Sound and Alaska, which includes all 
points on Lynn Canal, as far north as 
Sitka; the next is San Francisco to 
Humboldt Bay, a distinct service being 
performed between the southern 
metropolis and Eureka, California; 
then there is the San Francisco and 
Mexican route, which consists of a line 



of steamers plying between San Fran- 
cisco and Guaymas, Mexico, and vari- 
ous intermediate ports. In addition tO' 
these steamship routes, the Pacific- 
Company has several lines of railway,, 
which they also operate— one of these' 
the Columbia and Puget Sound Rail- 
road is used largely for coal purposes 
out of Seattle, and was, by the way, the 
first railroad that Seattle ever had.. 
In luldition to this 
line, they operate the- 
Fort Townsend audi 
Southern under the 
head of the Port. 
Townsend division 
and the Port Towns- 
end Southern under 
the title of Olympia 
division. Besides 
these roads they also 
own and operate the 
S^eattle and Nortliern, 
which forms import- 
ant connections be- 
tween points in i^^kagit. 
County and Anacor- 
tes. They also own a. 
very extensive line in 
California, which they 
operate in connection, 
with the Southern 
California steamship 
service. The enumer- 
ation of these facts- 
will convey to the 
reader that the com- 
pany is one of very 
considerable extent, 
and entering so large- 
ly into transportation 
laciiities, wields a very 
considerable influence 
upon a city like Seat- 
tle. Some illustra- 
tions which are shown 
will give an idea of 
the character of the 
ships; one in particu- 
lar shows two ot their 
big ships, which ply 
between here and San 
Francisco, lying at 
their own dock at 
the same time, both engaged in taking 
on or discharging cargoes. The com- 
pany this season will enlarge its Alas- 
ka business by the establishment of a 
line running to Nome and Cape York, 
putting into this service some of their 
largest and best vessels. Up to a few- 
years ago the company kept their head- 
quarters in San Francisco, but within 
the past few years the general offices. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



have been removed to this city, and 
that fact is naturally of considerable 
importance as increasing the prestige 
of Seattle as the home of one of the 
big Pacific steamship lines. One of the 
features of this company has been the 
inauguration for some years now of an 
excursion steamer at regular periods to 



ried. It is probably safe to say that 
the Queen has carried more distin- 
guished people than any other steam- 
ship in the service at the present 
time. 



interesting points in Alaska, 
steamer Queen has been the one 
which is doing this service, arid 
in this way thousands of people 
all over the United States have 
occasion to get brief glimpses 
of the "land of the midnight 
sun" and the land which has been 
made famous during the past few 



The 



DO A BIG EXPORT TRADE, 
O. D. Colvin, sales agent at Seattle 




Ships of the Pacific Coast Co. 

years by its phenomenal harvest of 
gold. The Queen is a very fine ship, 
having a capacity for 250 first-class 
passengers, and is supplied with all 
modern improvements and appliances, 
and has become very famous by reason 
of the great number of people all over 
the United States which she has car- 



of tlie American Steel and Wire 
Company of New York, Chicago 
and San Francisco, came to the 
State of Washington in 1888 and 
settled in Seattle in 1890. For a 
number of years Mr. Colvin was 
connected with the county offices 
of King County. In 1895 he was 
appointed auditor of the Seattle 
Consolidated Street Railway 
Company, as well as auditor 
of the Rainier Power & Railway 
Company. In 1896 he was ap- 
pointed receiver of the Front Street 
Cable Railway by the Federal Court, 
which position he filled with such cred- 
it for four years that, on the reorgan- 
ization of the company, at the expira- 
tion of that period, he was appointed 
as general manager of the road by the 
new organization. Mr. Colvin re- 
mained in this capacity until August, 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



79 



1899, when he severed his connection 
with the road to devote his entire 
time to the business of the American 
Steel and Wire Company. 

The American Steel and Wire Com- 
pany controls about 95 per cent of the 
manufacture and sale of nails, barbed 
and plain wire, etc., manufactured in 
the United States. The company is 
practically a consolidation of nearly 
all the mills manufacturing wire prod- 
ucts in this country. It owns and oper- 
ates forty-two distinct manufacturing 
establishments in different States in 
the Union. In addition to the above 
lines, the company manufactures ex- 
tensively steel sheets and plates, 
chains, 'horseshoes, boat and track 
spikes, polished shafting, field fencing, 
woven wire fencing and, in the Wash- 
burn & Moen department — which was 
purchased outright in 1899 by the com- 
pany — manufacture and market elec- 
trical wires, bare and insulated copper 
wire, trolley wire, submarine cables, 
telegraph and telephone wire, steel 
spring wire, special wires, coil springs 
of all kinds and wire rope and steel 
hawsers, etc. 

Frank L. Brown, of San Francisco, 
is the Pacific Coast sales agent, cover- 
ing the Pacific States, as well as Idaho, 
Utah, Montana and Nevada, and Alas- 
ka, British Columbia and Northwest 
Territory. The Seattle agency reports 
to San Francisco and its territory em- 
braces Washington, British Columbia, 
Northwest Territory and Alaska. 

The business at the Seattle agency 
has increased wonderfully during the 
past year. Mr. Colvin has recently 
fitted up an elegant suite of offices at 
108 West Washington Street, the of- 
fices being connected with a store 
room, where electrical and special 
wires are carried in stock. The heavier 
stock, such as wire rope, nails, barbed 
wire, etc., are kept at their large ware- 
house elsewhere in the city. 

By reason of Seattle's geographical 
position, the agency here is able to do 
business throughout British Colum- 
bia and the Northwest Territory, and 
hence commands all this trade. From 
San Francisco a very heavy export 
business is carried on in which all Pa- 
cific countries are supplied. In time, 
naturally, much of this export trade 
will be supplied through Seattle. 



THE SEATTLE GAS AND ELECTRIC 
COMPANY. 



This city unquestionably possesses 
the most complete and elaborate gas 
lighting and heating plant on the 
Coast. It is conceded to be conducted 
upon more systematic and business- 
like principles than that of any other 
company in this region of the West, 
and as a result the Seattle Gas and 
Electric Company is giving a service 
which cannot be excelled. People may 
make complaints of other corporations 
supplying general utilities, but it is 
rare, indeed, when anything is direct- 
ed against the gas company. General 
Manager C. R. Collins came out here 
from the East a few years ago, and at 
once proceeded to lay a foundation for 
doing business. He possessed what 
few other men in the West possessed 
— a thorough knowledge of the gas 
business. He was practical. As a re- 
sult, he began, as soon as possible, to 
make gas which had the proper illumi- 
nating powers. When he got the 
product he put it upon the market, so 
to speak. He made it a business mat- 
ter, and, unlike gas corporations, he 
exacted only what was just and rea- 
sonable. He moreover met the peo- 
ple half way. If they had complaints 
he listened to them; if possible, they 
were speedily set to rights. No one 
was asked to pay for gas he did not 
burn. Meters were regularly inspect- 
ed and patrons given to understand 
that the company only wanted what 
was just. People were also assisted in 
many ways. New devices were added 
for convenience. Prepayment meters, 
the first on the Coast, were put in so 
that a customer can pay for his gas 
just as he uses it. The latest in the 
way of ranges were secured and sold 
to patrons at cost. That these up-to- 
date methods have been appreciated is 
evidenced by the fact that today in the 
city of Seatttle there are over 2500 gas 
ranges in use. There are also 25,000 
Welsbach burners in use. 

Some illustrations are shown in this 
article which will give a good idea of 
the company's plant at Fifth Avenue 
and Grant Street and of the size of 
the big 860,000-foot holder, one of the 
largest in the country. The other pic- 
tures are of the offices and sales room. 
The company has a total of sixty miles 
of gas mains. The rapid growth of the 
city will compel an increase of 25 per 



8o 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



cent to this number of miles. During 
the past four years the whole plant has 
practically been rebuilt, mains either 
have been increased in number or re- 
laid entirely; the big gas holder built 
and a general increased standard of ex- 
cellency maintained. Besides the gas 
business, they supply a very consider- 
able number of arc and incandescent 
electric lights from their own plant. 
Their general offices and sales room is 
at 216 Cherry Street. Besides the of- 
fices, they have a stock of stoves, heat- 
ers, gas and electric fixtures, and, in 



yards and unloaded in their own coal 
bunkers. 

The intricate details of the business 
are more interesting, but space in this 
article is too limited save for a general 
cursory view of the whole system, 
and is intended only to show in a gen- 
eral way how thorough the system is- 
conducted and maintained under its 
present management. Speaking in gen- 
eral terms, Seattle has the most up-to- 
date gas company in the whole West, 
and forms an interesting chapter to 
Seattle's progress. 




General View of Works of Seattle Gas & Electric Co., Showing a Gas Holder with a 

Capacity of 860,000 feet. 



fact, every conceivable kind of appli- 
ance known in gas heating. The low- 
er fioors are used for store rooms and 
for work shops. 

The company employs from eighty to 
100 men in various capacities, includ- 
ing those about the works. The coal 
used for manufacturing gas all comes 
from Washington mines, the oars bear- 
ing the coal being run right into the 



Speaking about the prepayment me- 
ters, which are becoming so popular 
with householders, Seattle is the only 
city which takes kindly to them, so 
far, it is said. This is because the 
people of Seattle like to pay for what 
they consume as they go along. Other 
cities find it slow to Tiave them used, 
but here they are preferred. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 




Offices and Store of Seattle Gas & Electric Co. 



82 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



WE TAKE TEA AND SILK, 



The leading articles imported by this 
country from Japan are raw silk and 
tea. The value of the silk imports for 
the fiscal year ending June 30 were 
$10,010,885 in 1897, $16,510,502 in 1898, 
and $14,920,787 for 1899. The tea im- 
ports in pounds were 45,465,161 in 1897, 
26,233,407 in 1898 and 29,277,798 for 
1899. The tariff on tea has cut down 
our tea imports from Japan about 40 



try to Japan for the fiscal year ending 
June 30 last were, in order: Cotton, 
$5,775,784; petroleum, $2,461,475; tobac- 
co, unmanufactured, $2,414,482; wheat 
flour, $722,910; manufactured tobacco, 
$512,218; scientific and electric instru- 
ments, $232,892; clocks and watches, 
$188,602; vehicles, $142,301. The ag- 
gregate of iron and steel exports to 
Japan is also large, the exports of 
railway iron last year from this coun- 
try to Japan being $1,150,766. The 
new tariff of Japan cut down Japan's 




Hotel Seattle, Junction of Yesler Way and James St., Known as Occidental Block, 
erected and owned by john collins. 



per cent. Bradstreet's states that the 
Japanese delegates now in this coun- 
try for the purpose of getting our tea 
duties removed or modified claim that 
said duties greatly hamper and like- 
wise threaten the trade relations of 
the two countries. "Last year," says 
this authority, "the average price of 
tea in the Japanese markets was $12.50 
per 133 pounds. While the tax on tea 
is $13.30 for the same amount, so that 
the tax amounts to more than the orig- 
inal price of tea." 
The principal exports of this coun- 



total imports of manufactured goods 
for the first seven months of the year 
37 per cent and the imports from the 
United States 18 per cent. 



THE HOTEL SEATTLE, 



Hotel Seattle is located at the in- 
tersection of James Street, Yesler Way 
and First Avenue, within from one to 
two blocks of all the railway passen- 
ger depots and principal passenger 



SEATTLK AND THE ORIENT. 



83 



docks in the city. Ttiis liotel tias 200 
guest rooms, all outside. One hundred 
and sixty of these are strictly front 
rooms, all facing business streets. The 
rooms are all elegantly furnished and 
arranged with a view to comfort and 
convenience. The building is of brick 
and stone, and is five stories in height. 
The hotel office and lobby is large, well 
lighted, elegantly furnished, overlook- 
ing three streets and Pioneer Square. 
The hotel is located at the initial point 
of nearly all the street car lines in the 
city. 



docks. The excellent dining room in 
connection with the Stevens is run by 
Mrs. Wescott, whose wide experience 
in this line especially fits her for the 
'business. 



THE KERRY LUMBER COMPANY, 



An illustration is presented herewith 
of the Kerry Lumber Company's new 
sawmill, recently constructed and now 
in operation on the water front of this 







'^ T^ 






hii': 



&ilillllEJ--JL|i lllllfir 



MJLE.FLJLE-il 



if f f ? J f ■ 




!] I 



!i(i liiliiMji^^ 



Hotel Stevens, on First Avenue. 



HOTEL STEVENS, 



Hotel Stevens is run on both the 
American and European plans. It has 
100 guest rooms, all first-class. A 
■majority of the rooms at the Stevens 
are among the best in the city. This 
caravansary is also very conveniently 
located as regards railway and steam- 
boat lines, being but two blocks re- 
moved from the depots and principal 



city, between Broad and Clay Streets. 
The alacrity with which this institu- 
tion was rushed to completion and got 
down to the business of turning out the 
manufactured product, while surpris- 
ing in itself, is characteristic of Mana- 
ger A. S. Kerry's manner of doing 
business. The first piling for the mill 
was driven in October last, and on De- 
cember 20 the mill was finished to its 
present stage and cutting timber. Be- 
fore the mill is fully completed an ad- 



84 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



ditional engine must be put in place, 
wliichi work is under way. There will 
also "be dry kilns, a planing mill and 
factory built in connection with the 
sawmill as soon as men and money 
can rush them to a finish. 

At present the capacity is but 50,000 
feet daily; with the additional side in 
operation 90,000 will be a day's run. 

The mill is a double affair, i. e., the 
same as two single sawmills, side by 
side, under one roof. 

The mill proper is 256 feet in length 
by 56 feet in breadth, with two stories, 
the upper story for the manufacture 
of lumber and the lower story occu- 



size. This planer is made by the Ber- 
lin Machine Works, Beloit, Wis. Its. 
weight is 25,000 pounds. It will occu- 
py a place on the upper floor of the 
main mill. 

The piling under the mill is protect- 
ed by the "Perfection" process, a home 
enterprise. 

Besides the mill property the com- 
pany also owns the tugboat Lady Lake 
and a number of large scows. When 
in full operation the company will em- 
ploy about 100 men. 

The new mill is so located as regards 
railroad trackage that it has access, 
free of switching charges, to all the 




The Mill of the Kerry Lumber Co. 



pied by planing engines and a lath 
mill. 

The boiler room is a separate build- 
ing, to the west of the mill, with con- 
crete foundation, corrugated iron sides, 
and gravel roof. There is a battery of 
four boilers, capable of developing 300- 
horse power. 

A prominent feature of the Kerry 
Lumber Company's new sawmill is the 
large Berlin timber planer that will, 
at one and the same time, dress all 
fiQur sides of a timber 20x30 inches in 



railroads entering the city. This is a 
great advantage and one of the feat- 
ures of Seattle's railway facilities, for 
a manufactory located anywhere along 
the water front is accessible alike tO' 
all the great railway systems. 

Separate from the mill land across 
the railway tracks, on the east side of 
Railroad Avenue, is the company's 
office, a neat building, 18x28 feet. The 
down-town office is in the Bailey 
Building. 

When the plant is fully completed 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



85 



there will be an overhead transfer, 
from the mill across and over the rail- 
road tracks, to carry the output to the 
•dry kilns and planers, which are to be 
located about 250 feet east of the saw- 
mill, on the opposite side of Railroad 
Avenue. The lumber will be carried 
across on conveyors. There will also 
be a broad and substantial wharf built, 
extending to the west of the mill, so 



that the largest vessels can load or 
discharge alongside. 

A. S. Kerry, president of ttie mill 
company, has been in the lumber busi- 
ness in Seattle for thirteen years. 
Previous to the destruction of the 
Kerry Lumber Company's mill on the 
tide flats, in 1897, they had branch 
yards in Juneau, Skagway, Douglas 
Island and Rossland, B. C. 



THE TRADE WITH THE ORIENT, 



But little has been said in this vol- 
ume up to this time of our trade with 
the Orient, save in the course of a gen- 
eral discussion of its possibilities. The 
following information bearing directly 
upon the trade, showing, as it does, 
how important it is becoming, will be 
of interest: 

The Pacific trade of the United 
States has advanced two-thirds in vol- 
ume during the past five calendar 
years. American imports of the prod- 
ucts of Asia and Oceanica have in- 
creased 40 per cent since 1894, while 
American exports to the markets of 
Asia and Oceanica have grown 135 per 
cent, or multiplied nearly two and one- 
half times. 

We are taking $48,000,000 of goods 
a year to the East Indies, as compared 
with $25,000,000 in 1894. We are tak- 
ing $16,000,000 of sugar a year from 
the Hawaiian Islands, as compared 
with $8,000,000 in 1895. Our annual 
tea bill with China and Japan now 
runs to near 100.000,000 pounds, and 
our silk bill with these countries reach- 
es $25,000,000 a year, comprising nearly 
all of our imports of unmanufactured 
silk. 

We are shipping $18,000,000 of 
American products to Japan, where we 
sold only $3,300,000 in 1892, and over 
$12,000,000 to China, where we shipped 
$4,800,000 in 1893. Our exports to Ha- 
waii have risen from less than $3,000,- 
000 in 1893 to near $7,000,000 now, and 
our shipments of American wares to 
Australasia have grown in that time 
from $7,500,000 to $17,500,000 a year. 
Our Pacific exports of flour have risen 
in a few years from practically noth- 
ing to 2,500,000 barrels, and our sales 
of cotton goods to the Orient have 
grown from $4,000,000 in 1894 to $15,- 
000.000. 



American Trade with Japan. 

The heaviest trade of the United 
States in the Orient is with Japan, 
whose people are known in the trad- 
ing world as the "Yankees of the 
East." Our imports from Japan are 
larger than from any other Oriental 
country, unless it be British India, and 
our exports to Japan are heavier than 
to any other market on the Pacific, ex- 
cept possibly Australasia. As compared 
with our trade with China, both ex- 
ports and imports with Japan are 
about one-third larger. 

The rapid growth of American trade 
with Japan, the export feature In par- 
ticular, is strikingly shown by the 
statistics of the past five calendar 
years: 

Our Japan Trade of Past Five Years, 

Year. Imports. Bxiports. Total. 

1894 $23,100,725 $4,001,962 $27,102,687 

1895 27,430,678 5,356.454 32.787,132 

1896 18,214,322 10,145,909 28,360.231 

1897 28,085,123 16,009,471 44,094,594 

1898 23,255,253 19,716,086 42,971,339 

It is thus seen that American exports 
to Japan have grown from $4,000,000 
in 1894 to $19,000,000 in 1898, multi- 
plying nearly five-fold. The imports 
have fiuctuated and have a little more 
than held their own. The aggregate 
trade has increased $15,000,000 in the 
five-year period, or a trifle under 60 per 
cent. 

Recent Changes in Our Japan Exports, 

The development of the manufactur- 
ing industries of Japan during the past 
five years has had the effect to increase 
American exports of raw material, 
like cotton and tobacco leaf, and keep 
down the exports of finished wares 
somewhat. The new tariff of Japan, 



86 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



which went into force about a year 
ago, is calculated to intensify this ten- 
dency. 

What the Future Holds. 

As regards the future of American 
commerce in the Orient, the trade 
with China is of the foremost inter- 
est. In population, extent of empire 
and natural resources and future pos- 
sibilities, China is the colossal figure 
of the Orient, and its commerce during 
the next ten years will be the fighting 
goal of all commercial powers. The 
trade of the United States with China 
at present is second to that with 
Japan. We export more merchandise, 
moreover, to Australasia, and import 
more goods from the British and Dutch 
Indies. But the situation tomorrow 
may be — indeed, is bound to be — re- 
versed, for China's commercial future 
will from this point develop rapidly. 

For thirty years our imports of Chi- 
nese goods have averaged about $20,- 
000,000 per annum, with a little varia- 
tion. The $22,000,000 of imports from 
China in 1896 and the $18,000,000 in 
1899, for the fiscal years ending June 
30, give a fair idea of the fiuctuation. 
Our new tariff tax on tea is responsible 
for part of this variation, the shrink- 
age in pounds being from 56,000,000 in 
1897 to 39,000,00 in 1899. The hole 
made by our tariff on tea, however, 
was partially repaired by the increase 
in the imports of raw silk, the values 
being $4,364,000 in 1897 and $6,497,000 
in 1899. The predominant interest of 
the United States in China is in the 
exports rather than the imports, it is 
true, but the shipowners bitterly com- 
plain that they cannot do a profitable 
business at low rates in carrying 
American goods to China unless they 
can get return cargoes of Chinese goods 
to the ITnited States, and hostile taf- 
iffs, treaties and other legislation 
greatly hamper their business and 
force them to collect higher rates than 
would be possible under unrestricted 
trade relations. 

Remarkable Growth in United States Exports 
to China. 
The most conspicuous feature of the 
trade of the United States in the Ori- 
ent is the advance in the exports of 
American goods to China. Prom 1880 
down to 1895 our exports to China 
were at almost as great a standstill as 
the commercial development of China 
had been during the centuries preced- 



ing. For the fiscal year ending June 
30, 1880, we exported only about a 
million dollars' worth of American 
wares, and fifteen years later the ex- 
ports were still the bagatelle of three 
millions. The vast growth during the 
five-year period, 1895-9, is represented 
by the following exposition in arithme- 
tic: 

United States exports to China, 
fiscal year 1895 $3,603,840 

United States exports to China, 
fiscal year 1899 14,493,440 

Increase of 1889 over 1895 $10,889,600 

Percentage of increase In five 
years 302 pr ct. 

China's Vast Natural Resources. 

Before the London Chamber of Com- 
merce, October 26 last, the British con- 
sul, C. T. Gardner, in discussing "The 
Trade of China," thus spoke of China's 
native resources: 

"The vast territory marked on our 
maps as China proper and Manchuria, 
more than 1,500 miles from north to 
south, and then 2,000 miles east to 
west, is remarkably fertile and capable 
of producing all the vegetable prod- 
ucts of which the world stands in need. 
This vast territory is remarkably free 
from desert tracts, such as the sandy 
deserts of Australia and India and the 
alkali deserts of America. 

"It is now known that China is rich- 
er in mineral wealth than was sup- 
posed in 1859. The partial surveys 
made by experts up to the present time 
show that China is full of most valu- 
able minerals. I need only refer to 
the extensive coal deposits all along 
the Yangtse, and to those a few miles 
west of Moukden in Manchuria. In 
fact, coal is now known to exist in 
almost every one of the eighteen prov- 
inces. Yet up to the present time, if 
we except a few mines worked in a 
primitive way in primitive native 
fashion, the Kaiping mines are the 
only ones that are beng worked. 

"Iron exists all over the country; 
the hill of iron — Tieh-Kangshan — be- 
tween Kiukeang and Hankow, is said 
to be the richest and most extensive 
iron field in the world. Gold is washed 
for in the river below Ichang, proving 
the existence of gold fields above that 
port; mercury, copper, tin, silver, lead 
and other valuable minerals have been, 
found in many of the provinces; at 
present they are unworked. 

"The population of China is now 
known to be as dense as was estimatea 
in 1859. It is ascertained to numbet 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



87 



about 360,000,000, and is free from thfe 
blight of caste, the curse of such vast 
regions of India; it is free from the 
laziness of the African race, which 
has been such a curse in Africa, Amer- 
ica and the West Indies. It is to Chi- 
nese labor, to a great extent, that Can- 
ada owes its present prosperity — the 
Chinamen gave most efficient aid to 
the construction of railways, for in- 
stance; the wealth of the Straits Set- 
tlements is due to the millions of Chi- 
nese laborers, working there in agri- 
culture and mines — yet Chinese indus- 
try, which has done so much to in- 
crease the wealth and prosperity of our 
colonies, has done little or nothing 
for China itself. 



"The Chinese are now known to have 
the instinct of trade and trade capacity 
to an extraordinary degree; every 
coolie who has a few 'cash' invests it 
in an article of trade to sell at a profit; 
the Chinese shopkeeper is reasonably 
honest, and the Chinese merchants 
proverbially so. At the small treaty 
ports the natives have captured the im- 
port trade, and at Hongkong, Singa- 
pore and Shanghai they are capturing 
it and doing away with the expense of 
the foreign middlemen, yet the demand 
for British staples has been stationary 
or even retrograde." 



SOME PROMINENT CITIZENS. 



POSTMASTER STEWART, 
George M. Stewart, the present post- 
master for Seattle, Wash., was born at 
Elmira, N. Y., May 16, 1850. Mr. Stew- 
art came to the Pacific coast when but 
16 years of age, staying in San Fran- 
cisco for one year, when he left to try 
his fortune in the Comstock mines. He 
clerked in a grocery store in Virginia 
City, Nevada, for two years, when he 
engaged in the mercantile business on 




Postmaster Geo. M. Stewart. 

his own account. Mr. Stewart next 
accepted a position in a large whole- 
sale house in Sacramento, which he 



retained for six years. In 1889 he 
came to Seattle— a move he had been 
long contemplating — and bought an 
interest in the undertaking firm of 
Shorey & Co., the style of the new 
firm being Bonney & Stewart, under 
which name it has since carried on 
a very successful 'business. 

While in Nevada Mr. Stewart took 
an active part in politics. He was a 
hard worker in the Republican ranks 
and served on various state and county 
committees. Since coming to Seattle 
Mr. Stewart has taken an active part 
in the councils of his party. He has 
been for four years a member of the 
King county Republican executive 
committee. He represented the county 
on the state committee during the cam- 
paign of 1898 and has been treasurer 
of the state Republican organization 
since 1896. Mr. Stewart has always 
been a staunch supporter of Jno. L. 
Wilson. He was appointed to his pres- 
ent official position by President Mc- 
Kinley in 1899. He never sought and 
never held office before. 



EDWARD P. EDSEN, 
Edward P. Edsen, lawyer and author, 
is a native of Husum, Germany. After 
graduating at the Universities of Ber- 
lin and Heidelberg he spent four years 
in travel, bringing up in Portland, 
Oregon, in 1875. Being in need of 
money, he sought and obtained em- 
ployment on a farm near Sandy post- 



88 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



office, remaining until March, 1876, 
when he engaged for one season in 
salmon fishing at Brookfield, Wash. 
Afterward Mr. Edsen took a business 
college course in Portland, perfecting 
himself in English at the same time. 
For six months he worked as a deck 
hand on the Columbia River, followed 
by six months' lumbering at Walla 
Walla. In the spring of 1878 he found 
employment at Stohl's City brewery, 
Walla Walla, where, by reason of his 
faithful attention to business, he was 
rapidly advanced to the position of 
general manager. About this period 
he made an unfortunate investment of 
a large part of his savings in a min- 
ing venture. 




Edward P. Edsen. 

We next find tihe subject of this 
sketch, in 1881, conducting a real estate 
and insurance agency at Walla Walla 
in partnership with Judge V. D. Lam- 
bert. In the summer of '83 Mr. Edsen 
visited the Sound, finally locating at 
Seattle in December. In January fol- 
lowing he was admitted to the 'bar. 
His mastery of no less than seven 
languages soon secured him the major 
portion of the foreign law business 
of the city. He readily gained recog- 
nition as one of the leaders of the 
bar, his business affairs prospered, 
while his popularity grew with his 
circle of acquaintances. In Novem- 
ber, 1889, Mr. Edsen) found a law 
partnership with Will H. Thompson 
and John E. Humphries, under the 
style of Thompson, Edsen and Hum- 



phries, which partnership continued 
for eight years developing into one of 
the leading law firms on the Coast. 

Mr. Ed'sen has been an active fac- 
tor in the militia organizations of the 
state. In 1884 he founded Company D, 
N. G. W., being its first captain. He 
is an expert drill master, his com- 
pany as well as the Rainier Division 18, 
U. R. K. of P., organized by him in 
1892, ranking among the best in many 
competitive drills. He is now serving 
his second term as judge-advocate- 
general of the Washington Brigade, 
which position he has creditably filled 
since 1892. In politics Mr. Edsen has 
ever 'been Republican, but, though a 
recognized party leader and though 
frequently urged to accept nomination 
for official honors, has steadfastly re- 
fused. He has been for several years, 
and is yet, state president of the Ger- 
man-American Republican Club. 

His membership in social and fra- 
ternal organizations is extensive, and 
includes the three branches of the K. 
of P., Knights of Malta, Knights of the 
Golden Eagle, U. A. O. D., the A. O. 
l^. W., the Rbj^al Arcanum, the Order 
of Chosen Friends, four branc'hes of 
the I. O. O. F. and the Fraternal Order 
of Eagles, for which order he wrote 
both of the Grand Aerie and subordin- 
ate Aerie Rituals, etc., as well as a 
complete code of laws. He was one 
of the founders of the Seattle Turn 
Verein, and since 1889 has been presi- 
dent of the George Washington Branch 
of the Irish National League. In 1894 
Mr. Edsen was representative of the 
State of Washington at the World's 
Fair, Antwerp, being present at its 
formal opening by King Leopold II. 
on May 5. Mr. Edsen has made num- 
erous creditable contributions to 
periodical literature in both prose and 
verse, having shown particular ability 
in the latter by his clever mastery of 
frontier and mine dialects. Of power- 
ful physique and commanding presence, 
he is what he appears, a man of un- 
tiring energy and unlimited resources. 



M. H. YOUNG, 



One of the leading financiers in the 
chief city in Washington is M. H. 
\ oung, whose picture is given here- 
with and who occupies a suite of of- 
fices in the Pioneer Building, rooms 
211 and 212. Mr. Young is general man- 
ager of the New England & Northwest- 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



89 



ern Investment Company, a director in 
the National Bank of Commerce, vice- 
president and director in the Seattle 
Gas and Electric Company and direc- 
tor in the Seattle Electric Company 
(Consolidated Street railways). He 
deals in real estate, and has the repu- 
tation of a careful, shrewd and safe in- 
vestor. 




M. H. Young. 

Mr. Young has also been an active 
factor in building up the city, having 
built over 100 houses since coming 
here in 1890. He has built several fine 
business blocks and effected the Beacon 
Hill improvement. In company with 
R. R. Spencer, cashier of the National 
Bank of Commerce, Mr. Young has re- 
cently entered the import trade, bring- 
ing to this country the products of 
Japan and China. 

Mr. Young was born at Graton, Mass., 
in 1846. He enlisted with the Union 
forces in 1863 and served throughout 
the rest of the war. From 1870 to 1872 
he was connected with the C, B. & Q. 
Railroad, and from then till 1890 he 
was cashier of the Boston Manufactur- 
ing Company, residing at Waltham dur- 
ing the time. He was one of the or- 
ganizers of the Waltham Electric Com- 
pany, and when that company con- 
solidated with the Waltham Gas Com- 
pany he was a director in the new or- 
ganization and was the first secretary 
and treasurer of the Waltham Co- 
operative Bank. He held the position 
until its afRairs grew so large that he 
could not attend to them with his 



limited time, when he resigned, re- 
maining a director, however, till com- 
ing to Seattle. He was also a member 
of the Board of Aldermen of Waltham 
for two years, declining re-nomination. 
He served three years as chairman of 
the Sinking Fund Commission. Mr. 
Young moved to Seattle in 1890. He 
was president of the Union Trunk Line 
until its consolidation with the Seattle 
Electric Railway. 



FRED RICE ROWELL. 



Fred Rice Rowell was born in South 
Thomaston, Maine, December 29, 1856. 
He is a graduate of Colby College, 
Waterville, Maine, of the class of '81. 
He read law in the office of Hon. A. P. 
Gould, at Thomaston, Maine, and was 
admitted to the bar of Knox County, 
Maine, in September, 1883. He formed 
a law partnership witJh Hon. J. O. 
Robinson and practised his profession 
in Rockland, Maine, till 1888, when he 
removed to Seattle, where he has since 
continuously practised law. In 1890 
Mr. Robinson joined Mr. Rowell in 
Seattle and the firm of Robinson & 
Rowell was reorganized and still con- 




Fred Rice Rowell. 

tinues. In politics Mr. Rowell is a 
Democrat and immediately identified 
himself with his party upon coming 
to Washington. He has received politi- 
cal honors from his party in Seattle 
and King County, having been at dif- 
ferent times a candidate on his party 



90 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



ticket for Presecuting Attorney of 
King County, for Alderman of the 
Fifth Ward, and in the spring of 1898 
for Corporation Counsel for the City of 
Seattle. His vote on the latter occa- 
sion was a very flattering testimonial 
to his popularity, as he lacked but a 
few votes of election on a ticket over- 
whelmingly defeated. Mr. Rowell mar- 
ried in January, 1884, Miss May flor- 
ence Stetson of South Thomaston. Both 
Mr. and Mrs. Rowell are members and 




James Griffiths. 



communicants of St. Mark's Church, 
Seattle, having been confirmed during 
the rectorate of Rev. D. C. Garrett. 



lAMES GRIFFITHS, 



James Griffiths, whose portrait ap- 
pears on this page, is president of the 
Griffiths <Sr Sprague Stevedoring Com- 
pany, Inc., of Seattle, and sole partner 
in the firm of Jones, Griffiths & Co., 
ship brokers and commission mer- 



chants, with head offices at 610 Bailey 
Building, and with branches at Ta- 
coma and Port Townsend. This firm, 
handles the exclusive stevedoring busi- 
ness of the Nippon Yusen Kaisha at 
this port, and also handle all Oriental 
freight from the cars of the Great 
Northern Railroad at Smith's Cove 
dock. They are also stevedores for 
the Centennial Mill Company of Seat- 
tle and Spokane. They recently load- 
ed for that company the Japanese 
twin-screw steamer 
Nanyo Maru with 3800 
tons offiour for the Ori- 
ent in sixty-one hours, 
which is far and away 
the quickest dispatch 
ever given to the load- 
ing of a full cargo of 
flour at any Puget Sound 
port, and the feat speaks 
volumes for the facili- 
ties afforded at Seattle 
for the loading of large 
steamers, and the abil- 
ity of this firm to j)ut 
work through expedi- 
tiously. Their steve- 
dore business extends 
to all ports on Puget 
Sound and includes 
stevedoring sailing as 
well as steam craft, 
with wheat, lumber or 
coal. 

Mr. Griffiths resigned 
the local management 
at Seattle of the iSippon 
Yusen Kaisha to orga- 
nize and operate the 
Centennial Alaska 
Transportation Com- 
pany. This company 
purchased the Japanese 
steamship Takasago 
Maru, a screw propeller 
of 2075 tons register, 
and brought her to Seat- 
tle as the most suitable 
and convenient port 
in which to fit her out for the Alaska 
trade. Her name was changed to the 
Centennial, and she soon became a 
general favorite by reason of her speed 
and comfort. On the outbreak of the 
late Spanish-American war the free 
use of the Centennial was tendered 
to the Secretary of War for use as a 
government transport. In recognition 
of this offer Congress granted the ves- 
sel an American register and her trans- 
fer to the American flag was made in 
Seattle harbor on the 21st day of May. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



9^ 



1898, Old Gloi-y being hoisted to tlie 
masthead by Mrs. W. W. Robinson, 
wife of Capt. W. W. Robinson, U. S. A., 
quartermaster for the district of Puget 
Sound. The Centennial is the only 
steamer registering from Seattle em- 
ployed by the government as a trans- 
port. 

In a personal visit to Washington, 
Mr. Griffiths rendered signal aid to 
Capt. Robinson in getting the War 
Department to recognize the advant- 
ages of Seattle's facilities for transport 
work and supplies. 



FRED H, PETERSON. 



Attorney Fred H. Peterson, whose 
portrait appears above, has been in 
active law practice at Seattle for six- 
has carried on a general practice and 
has had a wide experience in all classes 
of litigation. 

During his long residence here he has 
held office but once, that was. in 1886, 
when he was elected City Attorney, 
preferring to practice law rather than 
to aspire to wear official honors, al- 
though he has always taken an active 
part in politics, and particularly dur- 
ing the hot municipal campaign which 
re-elected Thomas J. Humes Mayor of 
Seattle, when he was chairman of the 




Fred H. Peterson. 

teen years. During that time he has 
been engaged in many important cases, 
and by industry and perseverance has 
established a reputation as one of the 
most successful lawyers in the city. He 



Republican Central Committee. The 
result of that election showed that he 
was as aggressive and successful in the 
•management of a political campaign a& 
in the conduct of a lawsuit. 

Mr. Peterson has an elegant suite 
of otiices at 410 to 413 Mutual Life 
Building. 



P, SARTORL 



P. Sartori, the wholesale and retail 
liquor dealer, in the Occidental Block, 
is probably as widely known as any 
merchant at the present time in this 




p. Sartori. 

city. Mr. Sartori came to Seattle in 
1889 and went into business in the Bell 
Block, where he continued for three 
years, being unable at the time to get 
adequate quarters nearer the central 
business portion of the city. Seven 
years ago he moved his business to the 
Occidental Block, on James Street,, 
where he has since remained. Mr. Sar- 
tori has a patronage that extends not 
only to all parts of Washington but 
all throughout Alaska as well. Once 
every two years Mr. Sartori makes a 
trip to Louisville, Ky., for the purpose 
of selecting his stock of liquors. He 
buys no whiskies less than ten years 
old and is particular to get the choic- 
est brands. 

Mr. Sartori is a native of Switzer- 
land, where he was a winegrower. He 
immigrated to California in 1865 and 
for eight years was engaged in the 
Lusiness of wine selling in Sonoma. 



92 



SEATTIvE AND THE ORIENT. 



Today Mr. Sartoris has one of the 
iinest, best kept, best stocked places in 
the city. He belongs to a number of 
fraternal organizations, being a mem- 
ber of the Elks, a Mason and a Knight 
of Pythias, and enjoys a well-merited 
popularity. 

LILLY, BOGARDUS & CO, 



During the period since the great 
fire in this city many remarkable mer- 
cantile growths have been made. Like 
the rapid progress of Seattle itself, a 
number of firms and incorporations 



live, energetic set of business men. It 
is corporations and firms like this 
which enable the government to do 
much of its transport business from 
Puget Sound. 

Lilly, Bogardus & Co. probably are 
the most conspicuous examples of 
Western growth of any concern in this 
city. Ten years ago they were doing 
business on a capital so small as to be 
insignificant; today the volume of their 
business, in the gross, is exceeded by 
not more than half a dozen concerns 
in Seattle. Ten years ago they opened 
a feed and hay store, having a room 
fifty feet square; now it takes four 




Warehouses of Lilly, Boc;ardus & Co. 



have forced their way so far to the 
front as to attract attention from all 
points. Particular attention in this 
connection is directed to Lilly, Bogard- 
us & Co., an incorporated company, 
which beyond doubt has not only taken 
a position in the front ranks commer- 
cially speaking, but has set an ex- 
ample of progress which has proven 
of very great benefit to this city. No 
longer confined to business locally, 
they reach out all over the West, and 
their ability to grasp the situation 
igives this city a prestige for having a 



buildings, with dimensions as follows, 
to carry on their trade: One build- 
ing 120x120, one 60x160, one 60x165, and 
the other 90x165. The illustration 
shown in this article gives an excel- 
lent idea of the size of these ware- 
houses and of their location and gen- 
eral convenience for shipping. The 
company employs sixty men; four or 
five of them are traveling throughout 
the Northwest selling goods which the 
company handle. The territory sup- 
plied includes Washington, Oregon, 
British Columbia, Hawaii and the Phil- 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



93 



ippines. While the company makes a 
specialty of hay, grain, flour and feed, 
they handle very large quantities of 
cereals, salt, poultry food, and devote 




The Seed Department Store of Lilly, Bo- 
GARDus & Co.. 814 Western Avenue. 

much attention to field and garden 
seeds. In order to properly take care 
of the seed business, a separate store. 




as shown in an illustration, is occu- 
pied exclusively by this department. 
So great has this branch of their busi- 
ness become that they now issue a 
sixty-page illustrated catalogue, devot- 
ed almost exclusively to the seed and 
poultry food business. This store is lo- 
cated at 814 Western Avenue. 

The company compress all hay into a 
very small bale for shipment. They 
were the first to introduce such a 
method upon the Coast. As a result, 
they now put 265 pounds of hay in a 
cylindrical ball eighteen inches in di- 
ameter and thirty-six inches long. It 
has been possible since its introduction 
to sell Washington hay to Alaska and 
the Orient and open up a field hitherto 
unknown. They have a complete feed 
mill for grinding all their grain prod- 
ucts which they sell. They also manu- 
facture poultry foods. Surrounded as 
they are by splendid dock facilities. 




C. H. LlLLT. 



E. F. Bogardus. 

they are enabled to load into a vessel 
of any size. Or, in case of receiving 
freight from Sound ports or by rail, 
they are able to unload from either 
railroad track or from steamboat into 
their own warehouses. The whole ar- 
rangement is most complete. Although 
they did an extensive business in 1898. 
last year exceeded it by fully 25 per 
cent. They are undoubtedly the big- 
gest people in their line on the whole 
Coast today. C. H. Lilly is president 
of the company and E. F. Bogardus is 
manager. 

Mr. Bogardus came to Seattle eleven 
years ago. For two years he had 



94 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



lived in California, but his home was 
formerly Champagne County, Illinois, 
where he was born and raised. He 
:graduated from the State University, 
and while still young began a small 
merchandise business with C. H. Lil- 
ly, his present partner. When he left 
the East and removed to California 
Mr. Lilly kept the store, but latterly, 
when Mr. Borgardus came to Seattle, 
lie was joined by Mr. Lilly and togeth- 
er they began the business which- has 
since grown to enormous proportions. 
C. H. Lilly, the president of the com- 
pany, has a personality closely inter- 
woven with that of Mr. Borgardus. He 



events, as new arrivals are sometimes 
led to believe. The date of completion 
of the canal is still in controversy. 
The other event occurred one day in 
July, 1853, when Capt. W. C. Talbot 
commenced landing the cargo of the 
schooner Julius Pringle and started a 
portion of his crew at work clearing 
off a mill site and hewing timbers for 
the mill frame. He was at the head 
of an expedition sent out by the San 
Francisco firm of W. C. Talbot & Co. 
to establish a sawmill and trading post 
in the new Eldorado of Pacific Coast 
lumbermen, the Puget Sound country. 
At that time the firm was composed 




The Saw Mill at Port Blakely. one ok the Big Mills of the World. 



was raised in the same county and af- 
ter completing his education 'began 
business with Mr. Borgardus. Both 
men have been together a good many 
years now and tlie success with wliich 
they have met in the West is due, be- 
yond question, to their own efforts. 



ONE OF THE BIG PUGET SOUND MILLS, 



The construction of Hoods Canal 
and the founding of the town of Port 
Oamble were not contemporaneous 



of Capt. Charles Talbot and A. J. Pope 
of San Francisco, and Capt. J. P. Keller 
and Charles Foster of East Machias, 
Me. A few years later Cyrus Walker, 
who is the only surviving member of 
the little band of pioneers at Port 
Gamble, was admitted to partnership, 
and still later the company's interests 
were incorporated under the name of 
the Puget Mill Company. For thirty- 
five years Mr. Walker has been man- 
ager of the company's interests on 
Puget Sound, and to him more than to 
any other man is due the remarkable 
evolution since 1853. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



95 




96 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



The machinery for the mill arrived 
from Boston on the schooner L. P. 
Foster, J. P. Keller, master, in Sep- 
tember, 1853. Compared with the im- 
mense plants that now cover the orig- 
inal site, this mill was a toy. The 
building was 45x70 feet, with a diminu- 
tive engine and boiler, and a single 
sash saw that would cut 2000 feet of 
boards a day — some days. The first 
year's output was 300,000 feet — less 
than the present aggregate daily out- 
put of the company's mills at Port 
Gamble and Port Ludlow. In 1854 a 



and employing 150 men. Its mill at 
Utsalady, on Camano Island, near the 
mouth of the Skagit River, has not 
been operated for several years. The 
three mills cut 100,000,000 feet of lum- 
ber during the year 1899; the 
output at Port Gamble 'being 
62,245,422 feet of rough lumber, 
13,349,485 laths and 213,519 feet 
of pickets. The greater portion of this 
output went to San Francisco and 
other California ports, the remainder 
to Mexico, South and Central America, 
Hawaiian Islands, China, Japan, Eu- 




LooKiNG Down First Avenue from Postoffice. 



live gang and an edger were added, 
increasing the capacity to 15,000 feet 
daily. 

The identity of the old mill has long 
since been "lost in the shuffle" of im- 
provements. It has been succeeded by 
two modern plants adjoining but oper- 
ated independent of each other. Each 
is equipped with the latest labor-sav- 
ing machinery; each has a capacity of 
110,000 feet of lumber a ten-hour day, 
and both give employment to about 300 
men. In addition to these two mills 
the company owns and operates an- 
other large mill at Port Ludlow, with 
a ten-hour daily capacity of 110,000, 



rope and South Africa. The Puget 
Mill Company's shipments to the Ha- 
waiian Islands alone last year aggre- 
gated 33,000,000 feet, or a little more 
than the total consumption of these 
islands during 1898. 

Next to the Weyerhauser Syndicate, 
the Puget Mill Company is probably 
the largest owner of virgin timber in 
this State. It pays taxes in seventeen 
counties of Western Washington, and 
in mills, stores, logging camps and 
on board its ships gives employment, 
directly or indirectly, to 5000 men. At 
Port Gamble alone the company dis- 
tributes in wages about $18,000 a 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIICNT. 



97 



month, or $175,000 a year. A number 
of its employes have been on the pay 
roll for over thirty years. 

For the more systematic and eco- 
nomic handling of its business, several 
sub-corporations have been formed. 
The mills are operated by the Puget 
Lumber Company, the stores by the 
Puget Trading Company, the vessels by 
the Puget Sound Commercial Com- 
pany, and the tugs by the Puget Sound 
Towage Company. The largest ships 



of Lieut. Gamble of the United States 
navy, who served in the war of 1812. 
The town is located on a small bay 
about six miles above the entrance of 
Hoods Canal, has a population of about 
500, and is a model of neatness, the 
residence portion being built on a low 
bluff, while the mills, store, hotel, 
machine shops, warehouses and lum- 
ber piles occupy the spit below. Cozy 
cottages, surrounded by well-kept 
lawns, orchards and flower beds; grad- 




The Collins Block, Second and James. rRoriiRxv of John Collins. 



and steamers can load at its docks, al- 
ways afloat. With good harbors, good 
anchorage, big reserve stocks and fa- 
cilities unsurpassed for filling orders 
for lumber, spars and piles, the Puget 
Mill Company caters especially to car- 
go shipments. The company owns 
seven vessels and is a shareholder in 
about fifty more. 

Pape & Talbot, San Francisco, Cal., 
are the agents for the sale of the 
products of these mills. 

Port Gamble was named in honor 



ed and planked streets ornamented 
with shade trees — these are some of the 
distinguishing features of the town. 
Neat lathed and plastered cottages of 
four to seven rooms are rented to em- 
ployes with families at from $5 to $10 
per month, including water, which is 
supplied by a gravity system. Bache- 
lors who board at the cook house are 
taxed $1 per month for the use of com- 
fortable houses that accommodate 
four men each. The main dining room 
will seat 194 persons. Separate dining 



98 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



rooms are provided for the "tyees," 
clerks and some mechanics who prefer 
privacy. 

The public school has an average at- 
tendance of about forty. The little 
church is free to all denominations, 
but a Congregational minister is the 
only one who now holds regular ser- 
vices. An excellent band and orchestra 
furnish music and entertainment when 
desired — and sometimes otherwise. 
Flourishing lodges of F. & A. M., I. O. 
O. F., K. P., A. O. U. W. and Woodmen 
of the World hold regular meetings. 
There is a aaily mail service by steam- 
er from Seattle and Port Townsend. 



ever made in the State — the famous 
"Kitsap County Brand;" and last, but 
not least, a library of 500 volumes for 
use of employes. 

Here there is no regular pay day; 
here the historical "company store" 
has no terrors for employes, as they 
can draw their money when they 
please and trade where they please. 
Buying for cash and taking advantage 
of all discounts, carrying their own 
freight in their own vessels, the com- 
pany is able to make the lowest pos- 
sible prices on everything they manu- 
facture or sell, and to meet competi- 
tion in a fair way. In its warehouses 




Wilson's Dancing Academy, Ranke Block on Pike Street. 



Spa?e will not permit a detailed de- 
scription of town and mills, but among 
those things deserving special mention 
are the elaborate system of water pipes 
and automatic sprinklers for protection 
against fire; a local telephone system, 
with long distance wire and cable to 
Port Ludlow; electric plant for light- 
ing mills and town; two immense dry 
kilns, each holding 80,000 feet of lum- 
ber; a planer that handles timbers 
14x30 inches m diameter and 120 feet 
long ys easily as it does a piece of 1x2; 
a feed mill "with a record." it having 
in the early days ground the first flour 



and store the company carries an im- 
mense stock of general merchandise. 
The display in each department is as 
complete and artistic as can be found 
anywhere. 



WILSON'S ACADEMY, 



The Academy of Dancing, Delsarte 
acting and ballroom and theatrical 
dancing, which is conducted by Prof. 
J. H. Wilson in Ranke Hall, corner 
Fifth Avenue and Pike Street, this city, 
is one of the most modern schools of 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



99 



•this character ever established in the 
West. Some illustrations which are 
shown herewith give the reader an idea 
of the very excellent hall the professor 
uses and the complete arrangement in 
the way of dressing rooms, which add 
to its convenience. 

Prof. Wilson has had years of study 
with America's foremost masters, for 



practically the only one in Seattle of 
its kind and none other can approach 
it in point of very excellent training 
which is received. Few institutions can 
be found in any city where the system 
taught is more correct or where more 
pains are taken and where the general 
results are so high as In the Academy 
of Prof. Wilson. 




KREIELSHEIMER 
BROTHERS. 



Thk Wholesale House ok Kkeielsheimer Bros 



which he holds past master's diploma, 
a guarantee that his patrons will re- 
ceive the most enlightened education 
along the lines of physical develop- 
ment, deportment and etiquette. He 
conducts his school so that his patrons 
can be accommodated during most any 
portion of the week. This school is 

L.ofC. 



One of the very 
heavy wholesale 
firms doing business 
in Seattle at this 
time is Kreiels- 
heimer Brothers, 
located at 209 First 
Avenue South. They 
are engaged in the 
wholesale liquor and 
cigar business and 
have been establish- 
ed here since 1887. 
This concern has 
worked up a remark- 
able business, and 
includes among its 
customers the rep- 
resentative retailers 
throughout Wash- 
ington, Idaho and 
Alaska. The a r - 
rangement of the 
offices and the whole 
establishment is ful- 
1 y eq ual to any found 
in the largest cities 
of America. In ad- 
dition to the house 
in Seattle they have 
offices at 48 and 50 
First Street, San 
Francisco, and at 
912-916 Sycamore 
Street, Cincinnati, 
Ohio. They make a 
specialty of a whis- 
key favorably and 
widely known as 
the Crown Diam- 
onds Malt Whiskev, 
which, owing to its purity, age and 
quality, is recognized as the leading 
whiskey of the Northwest. 

A very fine picture is herewith re- 
produced of their house in this city. 
They occupy the full four floors, shown 
in the illustration, 30x111 feet in size 
and carry a very extensive stock of 



loo SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 

both imported and domestic wines and vious. Judging from present prospects 
liquors, together with a full line of their trade this year will be more ex- 
cigars. They employ fourteen men in tensive than last. 




The Store of Mitchell, Lewis & St aver Co. 



their store in this city and keep four 
traveling men upon the road, visiting 
the trade throughout the region in 
which they are selling goods. 

Their trade for the last year shows 
a very substantial increase and is fully 
25 per cent in excess of the year pre- 



ONE OF THE BIG FIRMS, 



One of the big firms which has added 
to the prestige of Seattle as a great 
big trade center is the firm of Mitchell, 
Lewis & Staver Company, of which 



SKATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



lOI 



F. W. Mitchell is the vice-president 
and general manager. Some very fine 
interior views of their establishments 
have been taken and are reproduced 
herewith. Their location is at 308-310 
Occidental Avenue. They occupy a 
building 60x120 feet with five floors 



ing, but contiguous to the main store. 
They have been established here since 
1892, and last year the increase in their 
business was fully 38 per cent over the 
year previous. They give employment 
to twenty-five men and keep two men 
traveling on the road selling goods 




The Establishment of Mitchell, Lewis & Staver Co. 



and a basement. The character of the 
goods they handle is principally made 
up of machinery, consisting of mining, 
mill and farm utensils, in addition to 
which they have a very large and com- 
plete machine shop in a separate build- 



throughout the State of Washington, 
British Columbia and all points in Al- 
aska. They make a particular business 
of dealing in saw mill and shingle mill 
machinery, boilers, engines and all 
kinds of mining machinery, air com- 



I02 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



pressors, rock drills, hoists, hoisting 
engines, ore carts and mining rail- 
roads. The company has lately put 
upon the market some very improved 
shingle machinery, entirely their own 
product, and one of these machines 
at a recent ordinary ten hours* run 
exceeded the previous cut of shingle 
mills by nearly 25 per cent, a fact that 
speaks most highly for a home manu- 
factured product. In addition to their 
own machine "shop in Seattle, a great 
deal of their manufacturing work is 
done in the town of Everett, where a 
large force of men are employed in 



the 'best and most economical machines 
for saving gold ever invented, and one 
that wins distinction wherever used. 



THE C, SIDNEY SHEPARD CO. 



That Seattle is growing more rapid- 
ly in a commercial sense than most 
people realize is evidenced by the fact 
that some of the largest houses in 
the United States now have direct 
representatives in this city. Among 
the more conspicuous of Eastern 




The Wholesale House of C. Sidney Shepard & Co., Seattle. 



manufacturing various lines for their 
trade. In addition to the machinery 
supplies enumerated, this company 
handles practically everything in the 
line of farm utensils, vehicles of all 
kinds particularly, the latter being 
made at the great establishment of 
the company at Racine, Wisconsin, and 
are among the best products' of the 
kind sold in the West. The company 
is clearly in the lead so far as size 
and capacity for handling goods is con- 
cerned. 

Mitchell, Lewis & Staver also handle 
the Heiss patent amalgamator, one of 



houses which have recently recognized 
Seattle, and one which has branches 
in most of the leading cities of the 
United States, is the C. Sidney Shepard 
Company, which is rated as one of the 
most extensive manufacturers in the 
United States, and a company which 
is known throughout the commercial 
world. This company has its immense 
manufacturing plant at Buffalo, New 
York, and branch houses are located 
in New York City, Chicago, St. Louis, 
Kansas City, Denver and Seattle. The 
product turned out by this company 
consists of manufactured articles in 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



103 



sheet iron, pieced and stamped ware, 
aluminum and granite ware, sheet 
metals and tin plates. Probably there 
is no country in the world but is now 
using more or less of the products 
turned out by this great concern, and 
the fact that a branch store has been 
established in Seattle, from which all 
points on the Coast, including the city 
of San Francisco, are supplied, is natur- 
ally affording very considerable pres- 
tige to this city. The house here is in 
charge of Mr. Fred Lee, and his ter- 
ritory covers, as before stated, not only 
the entire Coast, but reaches the Ha- 
waiian Islands, Australia, China. 
Japan. Siberia and the Philippines. A 
very excellent illustrtion is shown 
herewith of the building occupied in 
Seattle. It is four stories in height 
and well adapted to the needs of a 
company so extensive as this one is; 
it carries a stock of $150,000 worth of 
goods, and all shipments are made di- 
rect from this city. It is now two 
years since this stoi*e has been opened, 
and the trade built up has grown to 
very large proportions. Six men are 
employed upon the road, and all parts 
of the Coast are visited at regular in- 
tervals, while it requires twelve men 
in the store to attend to the handling 
of the big volume of goods which passes 
in and out. The name of C. Sidney 
Shepard is a household word through- 
out the East, and practically through- 
out the commercial world, and the 
opening of a big establishment of their 
own in Seattle is of very great as- 
sistance to the people of the West, 
as it places them in direct touch with 
one of the greatest manufacturing 
plants in the country. They are also 
able from this place to more quickly 
reach a large and increasing trade with 
the Orient, which is becoming a very 
considerable feature. 



DAIRYING IS PROFITABLE, 



Probably in no department of in- 
dustry has there been greater progress 
made than in that made in dairying 
in Western Washington during the last 
five or six years. Prior to that time 
vast quantities of dairy produce were 
shipped to the Puget Sound cities from 
California and Eastern states. But 
about ten years ago the owners of 
ranch property began turning their at- 
tention to the production of butter. 



eggs and cheese and to improvements 
in the grade of stock. 

The hills and valleys of the Puget 
Sound basin are admirably adapted to 
the dairying industry. The absence of 
cold winters makes it possible for 
stock to graze in pasture lin winter as 
well as in summer, and the luxuriance 
with which all kinds of meadow 
grasses grow guarantees ample food for 
cows at all seasons of the year. 




THE VULCAN IRON WORKS, 

The Vulcan Iron Works, which is 
located in the southern part of the 
city, or more particularly speaking on 
Fifth Avenue South and Lane Street, 
and owns and occupies an entire block 
of land, is one of the most complete 
iron-working establishments in the 
Northwest. Within the past few 
years the present buildings have been 
erected and practically every conveni- 
ence to a well-organized iron manufac- 
turing concern or iron works has been 
added. The company have been in 
existence here for twenty-five years, 
and have now grown to be a very ex- 
tensive concern, giving employment to 
from 100 to 125 men the year round. 
The character of their business is the 
manufacture of mining machinery of 
all kinds, logging tools, logging en- 
gines, air compressors and all manner 
of shop work. They also do a very 



I04 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



extensive work in manufacturing saw 
mill machinery, and among recent or- 
ders turned out was a very extensive 



and they have become so popular that 
no logging camp of any consequence 
is now complete without one or more 



^OEif Coaff6f-:\ 
OF C0N6 r/r'oc r A"V 




Some Inside Views of the Vulcan Iron Works 
gang edger for one of the big saw 
mills. They have also been consider- 
ably rushed in filling orders for log- 
ging engines — and these engines, by 
the way, are a marvel in the manner 
of assisting work in logging camps, 



of them in order to assist in hauling 
out logs from the woods, and doing the 
work which was formerly slowly and 
tediously performed by six or eight 
yoke of oxen. The company show a 
gain of about 20 per, cent in volume 



SEATTLK AND THE ORIENT. 



105 



of 'business last year over the preced- 
ing year. They contemplate doing 
some additional building alongside of 
the present ones during the present 
season in order to give room for their 
increasing trade. The trade of the 
Vulcan Iron Works reaches into Ore- 
gon as far down the Coast as Coos 
Bay, all points in Alaska and all over 
Western Washington. The entire gen- 



tracting the confidence and attention 
of investors and people interested in 
real estate and loans. Besides their 
brokerage and investment business 
they have most successfully added an 
architectural and building department, 
vi^hich enables them to handle invest- 
ments from the standpoint of improv- 
ing property by building homes and 
business houses thereon and enables. 




A Pretty Groupe of Residences. 
Krected by the Fehren-Marvin Co., showing the excellent character of new homes they have built. 



era] management and supervision of 
this big plant is in the hands of Mr. 
Isaac Hulme, while Mr. H. P. Strick- 
land is the secretary. 



THE FEHREN-MARVIN COMPANY, 

Fehren-Marvin Company, 230-231 
Pioneer Building, Seattle, investment 
bankers and general brokers, have a 
well-established business which is at- 



investors to receive a very large rev- 
enue from conservative investments 
made in Seattle realty. 

Many of the properties which they 
have improved for the account of cli- 
ents are producing a net revenue of 
from 10 to 15 per cent on the total in- 
vestment. Fehren-Marvin Company 
have given especial attention to build- 
ing artistic residences and in the build- 
ing of these homes they have intro- 
duced architectural features which 



io6 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



have not before appeared in Seattle. 
These improved designs are making 
this department very popular and 
largely increase the volume of their 
business. They also have made a spe- 
cialty of modern flats and apartment 
buildings, which at the present time 
are in great demand in Seattle. A 
number of illustrations are presented 
herewith of buildings which have been 
•designed and built by these gentlemen. 
Largely through the efforts of this 
firm the Broadway district and other 
sections of the city have become very 
popular as residence districts. Real 
estate in the sections improved by them 



city. The structures that have as a 
rule been erected are on an average 
more costly and substantially built 
than those which have heretofore been 
erected. This is attributed largely to 
the fact that the greater proportion of 
the residences which have gone up dur- 
ing the year have been built by persons 
whose intention it was to occupy them 
as homes. 



KINNEAR ADDITION. 

The resident section of this city, 
popularly known as Queen Anne Hill, 




A Charming Beacon Hill Residence. 



has been greatly enhanced in value. 
This firm has earned the reputation 
of giving all business entrusted to their 
■care most careful, conservative and re- 
liable attention. 



MANY FINE NEW HOUSES. 



The growth of the city for the past 
twelve months is strikingly illustrated 
by the value of the building permits 
issued during the period. More build- 
ing has been done in the residence dis- 
tricts than in any other part of the 



is probably the most desirable part of 
Seattle for homes. Kinnear addition, 
particularly, is very choice, and all 
who pay that part of the town a visit 
are more than charmed with it. 
George Kinnear, who owned and laid 
out the ground which has since be- 
come so popular, gave the city one of 
the most handsome public parks with- 
in the limits of the city, and no one 
has really seen Seattle until they have 
paid a visit to it. Mr. Kinnear has 
some very desirable residence property 
still for sale in his addition. 



SKATTLK AND THE ORIENT. 



107 



HOTEL 

ACCOMMO^ 

DATIONS 

GOOD. 

As might 
naturally be 
expected 
from its busi- 
ness rela- 
tions and 
from the 
vast volume 
of travel 
that passes 
through the 
city anuual- 
1 y , Seattle 
has an u n - 
usually good 
listof hotels, 
lodging 
houses and 
restaurants . 
It has been 
said by care- 
ful observers 
til at tliere 



JLJ 




Residence of William Trimble, 104 Aloha St., Queen Anne Hill. 



are few cities in the 
world where so large 
a proportion of the 
population finds a 
liome in hotels or 
apartments, and few 
places where so 
many business men 
get their meals in 
restaurants. There 
are good reasons for 
this. With the rapid 
growth of the city 
within the last two 
years all available 
houses have been 
taken. In addition 
to this there has 
been a vast throng 
of transient travel, 
stopping in the city 
for a few days, only 
to pass on and make 
way for another 
wave of similar pro- 
portions. These two 
years have brought 
additional recogni- 
tion of the fact that 
Seattle is the gate- 
way to Alaska, while 
at the same time her 
permanent popula- 
tion has rapidly and 
steadily increased. 




Residence of George Kinnear, Qieen Anne Hill. 



io8 



SEATTI.E AND THE ORIENT. 




Residence of Capt. W. W. Robinson. Jr., U. S. A., Aloha St., Queen Anne Hill. 




The New Residence of Wilson R. Gay, 1733 Fifteenth Avenue. 
Lawn and Walks Unfinished. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIIvNT. 



109 




Rksidence of the Late Granville O. Haller, Colonel U. S. Army, 606 Minor Avenue. 



THE STATE UNIVERSITY, 



The University of Washingiton is the 
pride of the whole state, and it does 
justice to the boasts of the Wash- 
ingtonians. It is admittedly the most 




Residence OF Morgan J. Carkeek, Boren Ave. 
AND Madison St. 



modern college north of Berkeley and 
west of Ann Arbor. The Univei'sity 
has kept pace with the rapid growth 
of the state and has kept up to the 
demands of the people. Since its es- 
tablishmenit its advance has been con- 
stant and steady and every successive 
state legislature has faced the ques- 
tion of an enlargement of the school 
of learning. 

The year just passed haa without 
doubt iDeen the most important in 
the history of the school. A new 
departure in the erection of dormi- 
tories has been taken by the appro- 
priation of money by the late legis- 
lature for that purpose. The build- 
ings, handsome structures of stone 
and brick, one for young ladies and 
the other for gentlemen, are now 
completed and are being furnished. 
Applications of students for accom- 
modations already more than equal 
the amount of room, which is esti- 
mated to be sufficient for 200 stu- 
dents. 

Four hundred and eighty-six 
young men and ladies are now com- 
pleting their education at the uni- 
versity. This number is three times 
that of the students two years ago 
and tlie faculty of the institution 
confidently expect to see one thous- 
and of the youth of Washington 
attending the lectures of the college 
two years hence. The members of 
the faculty now number thirty two 
and each and every one is exerting 
his utmost for the benefit of 



no 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 




tlie scliool. Much outside 
work is also being doce by 
ihe professors, suoh as lec- 
tures and instruction in many 
of the smaller towns. 



MANY RICH MINES NEAR 
SEATTLE. 



Residence of Geo. M. Stewart. 



Mining in the State of 
Washington has made won- 
derful progress in the year 
just passed. While the east- 
ern and northern portions 
have received more or less 
attention from capitalists and 
mining men for three years 
past, there are only a limited 
few of the locaticjus west of 
the Cascades on which devel- 
opment work, other than as- 




The Residence just ccmi'leted ok J. W. Clise, Highland Drive, Queen Anne Hill. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



1 1 r 








£)ciioc.l 



A Few School Houses of ?e\tti.e. 



sessuients, dates back for 
eigiiteen months. The 
mining camps of the great- 
est promise three years 
ago, Silverton and Monte 
Cristo, sank into compara- 
tive obscurity with the 
washing away of their only 
outlet, the E. & M. C. K. 
R. Contemporaneous with 
this disasterous event came 
the Klondike excitement, 
diverting general attention 
from everything local. Se- 
attle being the main point 
of embarkation for the Yu- 
kon gold fields, however, 
brought her suddenly into 
prominence, and the vast 
mineral sections naturally 
tributary to the Sound 
began to fix the attention 
of mining men and capital- 
ists in the far East. The 
result is seen in the in- 
creased interest in many 
of the Eastern money cen- 
ters in Western Washing- 
ton mining properties and 
the development of hun- 
dreds of splendid prospects 
in the past year, many of 
them being to-day in a po- 
sition to become paying 
mines, could their output 
reach the smelters at a 
reasonable cost. 

The Orcas Island gold 
mine has reached a stage 
where success is certain. 
An aerial tram will be in- 
stalled in the early spring 
between the mine and the 
bay, and shipments to Ta- 
coma or Everett begun as 
soon as the tram is com- 
pleted. The rich vein of 
free-milling ore has proved 
a true fissure and perma- 
nent in extent. The stock 
was long since withdrawn 
from the market. 



IS STRONG 
EDUCATIONALLY, 



Seattle is fairly covered 
witli magnificent school 
buildings, that would be 
a credit to any Eastern 
city twice her size. Her 
schools are her pride, and 



112 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



in these, like in all else, the standard 
is above the average. Not even during 
ithe financial stress, which was felt ter- 
ribly in the Queen City, did the peo- 
ple hesitate to expend money in im- 
proving the public school system and 



making it the best in the Pacific North- 
west, 'ioday the educational system 
of Seattle stands pre-eminently for 
thoroughness, excellence and the 
high standard of the various studies 
taught. 







tlPwraV K-v 



Establishment of the Denny-Coryell Company. 



A BIG PRINTING ESTABLISHMENT, 



The Denny Coryell Company is the 
largest printing and stationery concern 
in the Northwest. Some illustrations 
which are shown herewith give an idea 
of the magnitude of the printing depart- 
ment, and affords also a view of the 
■exterior of the building occupied by this 
branch of the business. The company 
has a large stationery store at 716 First 
Avenue, in which one of the largest and 



most complete stocks of stationery and 
oftice supplies to be found on the Sound 
is carried. The printing department, of 
which more particular mention is made, 
is located at 1221 First Avenue, where it 
occupies two full floors of the building 
shown in the illustration. The compos- 
ing room, business office and branch 
stationery store occupy the first floor, 
while the pressroom and bindery occupy 
the floor below. The office is complete 
in every detail, and is well equipped 
with modern machinery. Eecently a 



SEATTUv AND THK ORIENT. 



^13 



new printing press has been atlded to 
their press room which now affords the 
Denny-Coryell Company the best press 
equipment in the northwest, i)articularly 
as the new machine is the largest one 




In addition to this very ('ompiete print- 
ing establishment, in which, not only 
all kinds of books and magazines, but a 
fine line of commercial printing is turned 
out, the company have a very large and 
extensive bindery. This 
branch has recently been 
added to in a very material 
degree by nearly doubling 
the room formerly occupied 
and in otherwise preparing 
for the rushing trade this 
company enjoys. 



View of Composing Room of Dennv-Cokvlll Company 



ever set up in this state. The company 
make a specialty of doing very fine work 
and in printing half tones, such as are 
to be found in this magazine, cannot be 
excelled. They employ 33 hands in the 
establishment at 1 2 12 1 
First Avenue, and in 
volume of magazine print- 
ing, blank books manu- 
factured and the general 
run of work of all kinds 
wiiich is produced can- 
not be excelled by any 
concern in the west. As 
a fair sample of the very 
excellent work this com- 
pany does, one only need 
to glance through the 
various pages of "Seattle 
and the Orient" to give 
a comprehensive idea of 
what good workmanship 
amounts to. 

The company is incor- 
porated. Geo. K. Cory- 
ell is president, H. O. 
Hollenbeck is secretary 
and treasurer, and A. 
W. Denny general man- 
ager. The printing department is under 
the management of B. C Smith, a thor- 
ough printer and publisher, and one who, 
by his wide experience, is making his 
department show a fine record. 



SEATTLE'S NEW WATER 
SYSTEM, 



The contract for supply- 
ing Seattle with a large 
volume of water for do- 
mestic purposes is now 
rapidly progressing and 
possibly by the end of the 
present year the new sys- 
tem whereby Cedar River 
water will be supplied to 
the residents of tliis city 
will be an assured fact. 
The plans under which the contract 
has been let calls for the expen- 
diture of very considerable sums of 
money, and some idea of what is 
expected, together with the views show- 




Press ok Denny-Coryell COMPA.NV which Printed this Book. 



ing the enormous undertaking, will na- 
turally prove of interest at this time. 
Every detail of this work has been 
under the direct personal supervision 
of City Engineer R. H. Thomson, and 



114 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 




'^7/f/fTJ/v^ 



Bringing Cedar River Water to Seattle. 
This shows work in hand by Pacific Bridge Company. 



he has been called upon to 
exercise the highest judg- 
ment of which his profession 
is capable. That his judg- 
ment has been eijual to the 
requirements is shown in the 
unciualified admiration ex- 
pressed b}' all civil cntiineers 
and contractors who have 
studied the plans and in- 
spected tlie grounds. The 
idea of bringing Cedar River 
water into ^-eattle is not a 
new one. It has been rec 
ommended a number of 
times, but not until the past 
year, or until the contract 
was let in April, 18;)9, was 
the matter far enough ad- 
vanced to be a reality. One 
of the pictures which is 
shown in the article illus- 
trates Cedar River at a short 
way above where the water 
is impounded and diverted 
to the pipes leading to the 
large reservoirs in this city. 
The entire Cetiar River 
water shed embraces approx- 
iinatel}' 210 square miles. 
Tlie City Engineer indicates 
that the water which will 
pass through the intake will 
average a flow of between 
500,000,000 and 600,000,000 
gallons per day. or enough to 
give each inhalntant an aver- 
age of more than one hun- 
dred gallons per day. By a 
careful regard for the waste 
of water it is calculated that 
this supply will do for a 
population of between 5,000- 
000 and 6,000,000 people- 
that is to say, this number 
could be supplied by the in- 
crease of storage reservoirs 
at various points throughout 
the water shed drained by 
Cedar River. The plans 
which are now being worked 
out are to supply 2 ),000, 000 
gallons from Cedar River di- 
rect to the City Park reser- 
voir. The elevation of water 
at the controlling station at 
the longest stage will be 520 
feet above sea level, and the 
water in the Oity Park reser- 
voir will be 420 feet above 
sea level, thus giving an 
even one hundred feet in the 
twenty-eight miles of dist 
ance to be traversed by the 
pipe line. The pipe line it- 
self is a composite of forty- 
two inches in diameter; and 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



"5 



the illustrations which are 
herewith shown will give an 
idea of the manner of putting 
this pipe together, and the 
way generally that the line 
is being constructed. Where 
the head is less than 2o0 feet 
the pipe will be constructed 
of wood, under heads greater 
than 200 feet of riveted steel. 
The pictures tnat are shown 
«how both kinds of material 
which have been used or 
contracted for. Laying the 
pipe, building head works 
:aiid bringing the water from 
<_'edar River to the city 
reservoir was let to the 
Pacific Bridge Company, of 
which Mr. C. S. Swigart is 
the resident engineer and 
manager. The fact that they 
were able to secure this con- 
tract, amounting to some- 
thing like $900,000, is largely 
due to the fact that they 
were enabled to supply a 
most superior quality of stave 
wood pipe, on which they 
have a patent. One of the 
pictures in this article shows 
the plant which they have 
in this city for dipping pipe 
and for making the staves. 
The staves are cut from 
perfectly clear fir boards 
two inches thick, six inches 
wide and about twenty-four 
feet in length. These boards 
are placed so that the sur- 
faces will be arcs of a circle 
of forty-two inches diameter, 
and their edges planed to 
conform to two radial lines 
for such a circle. The staves 
are then bound together just 
as are the staves of a barrel 
or tub and banded with 
steel rods one-half inch in 
diameter. Where the pres- 
sure is light the rods are 
placed at intervals of twelve 
inches, and with increasing 
pressure the distance is de- 
creased until at one extreme 
point they are but two inches 
apart. Three sections of the 
pipe, aggregating six and a 
half miles long, where the 
pressure is very great or con- 
sidered too much for wooden 
pipe, there has been laid 
riveted steel pipe forty-two 
inches in diameter. Across 
Black River Valley this pipe 
is seven-eighths of an inch 
in thickness. All of the 
steel pipe has been cleaned 




Cedar River Pipe Line. 



Showing three sections of work being done by Pacific Bridge Co. 



ii6 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



and dipped at the dipping plant referred 
to by the Pacific Bridge Company, with 
a coating or composition similar to that 
used for japanning. The City Park res- 
ervoir, into which the pipe line will 
discharge its great volume of water, 
will have a capacity of 17,000,000 gal- 
lons. It is being constructed to suit 
the conformation of the ground and is 
built in the general shape of an egg 
with the lower end reaching near the 
southwest corner of the City Park 
premises. The water will enter the 
reservoir through a controlling station 
built of steel and concrete on the south 
embankment of the reservoir. A low 
service reservoir is being built just 
south of Denny Way beginning one- 
half block east of Broadway. This res- 



The contract for constructing the two 
reservoirs was let to Smith, Wakefield 
ct David for $315,000. The entire cost of 
the entire system when finished will 
be $1,215,000. 




The Seattle Plant of Pacific Bridge Co. 
Where Stave Pipe is made and Hoops are Dipped. 



ervoir will hold about 22,000,000 gal- 
lons. In order to reach the highest 
levels in the city, a pumping station is 
being erected on Queen Anne Hill in 
conjunction with a stand pipe. The 
pumps will be operated entirely by 
water pressure, the back flow from the 
City Park to the Nagle reservoir being 
sufficient to furnish these high points 
with 3,000,000 gallons a day. The stand 
pipe which is now being erected will 
be thirty feet in diameter and sixty 
feet in height. It is practically a steel 
tank erected upon a solid concrete 
foundation, and is high enough to af- 
ford water to the highest points in the 
city. 



THE PACIFIC BRIDGE COMPANY,. 



The Pacific Bridge Company, who 
have the big contract for constructing 
and laying the twenty-four miles of 
pipe to be used in bringing Cedar River 
water into Seattle, are employing from 
300 to 400 men at the present time, 
and are losing no opportunity to rush 
the work in hand with all possible 
expedition. It is a big contract and 
one which but 
few firms are able 
to undertake. In 
order to success- 
fully carry this 
forward a super- 
ior quality of 
stave pipe had to 
be furnished. 
This the company 
had. They owned 
a patent upon the 
kind of pipe 
which was adopt- 
ed. Besides pos- 
sessing the pipe 
they possessed 
the knowledge 
of constructing 
the work, and the 
city is enabled, 
in consequence, 
to get just what 
they bargained 
for. The com- 
pany moved over 
here in may last 
from Portland, and opened offices and 
constructed an auxiliary saw mill and 
pipe plant in the southern part of the 
town. In thistbey employ twenty men. 
Seventy-five are now laying stave pipe, 
seventy-five men are at the head works, 
]-!5 are on excavation and f'Tty on thf 
steel pipe. Others are employed at 
various places upon the route. The 
company is doing some excellent work 
and making rapid progress with their 
contract. Their part of the work, as 
before stated, consists of building the 
headworks on Cedar River, furnishing 
and laying the pipe for the system, or, 
in other words, of delivering the water 
into the reservoirs in the city. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



117 



HON. JOHN COLLINS, 

The name of John Collins is identi- 
fied with the early history of Puget 
.Sound. An independent, courageous 
man, possessed of keen business sagac- 
ity, he has achieved results which 
number him among the successful busi- 
ness men and financiers of the State 
of Washington. Mr. Collins was born 
in Ireland in 1835 and came to Amer- 
ica in 1845 with no aid or capital but 
youth and health to assist him in win- 
ning his way in the New World. He 
lived six years in New York City, and 
was for six years engaged in the lum- 
ber business at Machias, Me., the ex- 
perience g:ained 
there afterward 
proving of great 
value. He moved 
to San Francisco in 
1857 and engaged 
with the Puget 
Mill Company to 
work at their mill 
at Port Gamble, on 
Puget Sound, where 
he arrived in Sep- 
tember of the same 
year. He remain- 
•ed ten years in the 
employ of the mill 
company, saving 
enough through 
prudence and good 
management to 
purchase some real 
estate and also 
erect a hotel at 
Port Gamble, a 
property he still 
owns. He acquired 
a two-thirds inter- 
est in the Occidental property, and in 
1867 he removed to Seattle and as- 
sumed management of the business. 
On the organization of the city govern- 
ment in 1869, Mr. Collins was elected 
a member of the City Council, and 
served for three consecutive terms. He 
was elected Mayor in 1877 and was 
again elected to the Council in 1881-82. 
During his term as Councilman he 
strongly urged the policy of the city 
ownership of its water works, a policy 
since adopted. In 1883-84 he was 
elected a member of the Territorial 
Legislature. During this session he put 
through the bill appropriating $6000 
for the Territorial University, the larg- 
est amount ever given that institu- 
tion up to' that date. He met with 



great opposition, but carried the meas- 
ure through by his indomitable will 
and well-directed efforts. It was the 
most notable measure of the session. 
Mr. Collins' business sagacity has se- 
cured for him a large fortune. For 
many years the Occidental Hotel, 
owned and managed by him, was the 
largest and best equipped hotel north 
of San Francisco. He has been active 
in the building of railroads, opening 
up and operation of coal mines, and the 
establishment of other enterprises. He 
was one of the incorporators of the 
Seattle & Walla Walla Railroad, which 
proved of inestimable value to Seattle, 
and was one of the organizers of the 




In the Dipping Plant of Pacific Bridge Co. 



Seattle Gas Company. He helped in 
opening up both the Talbot and Cedar 
River coal mines in 1872 and 1884, 
respectively. After the great fire of 
1889 he at once began rebuilding the 
Occidental, and, by his example and 
spirited words, inspired confidence in 
others. At present Mr. Collins owns 
the two fine business blocks in the 
heart of the city, the Occidental and 
Collins Building, besides valuable 
realty holdings scattered throughout 
the city and at Port Gamble and other 
points. He is a director in the Peo- 
ple's Savings Bank and president of 
the Seattle & Tacoma Electric Rail- 
way. 

Mr. Collins is a Democrat and has al- 
ways been active in the counsels of 



SKATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



the party. He was a commissioner in 
Kitsap County before coming to Se- 
attle, and was one of the fifteen free- 
holders elected to prepare the new mu- 
nicipal charter under which this city's 
affairs are at present conducted. 



ating steamers between Puget Sound 
and San Francisco and Southeastern 
Alaska ports. 

E. E. Caine, whose portrait appears 
herewith, has been identified with the 
shipping and commission business in 





Hon. John Collins. 

Mr. Collins was married in 1851 to 
Mary Ann McElroy, who died in 1871. 
In 1878 he was married to Angle B. 
Jacklin of Seattle. He is counted as 
one of Seattle's solid men who has al- 
ways labored assiduously for the city's 
growth and best welfare. 



THE PACIFIC CLIPPER LINE, 



E. E. Caine. 

Seattle for twelve years. Mr. Caine is 
president of the Pacific Clipper Line 
and assumes active management of its 
business. The other ofHcers are: 
George W. Dickinson of Seattle, vice 
president; F. P. Meyer of Seattle, sec- 
retary and treasurer; M. M. Perl of Se- 
attle, manager, and F. C. West of Se- 
attle, superintendent. 



The Pacific Clipper Line of steam- 
ships and sailing vessels has its head- 
quarters at Seattle, with offices at the 
southeast corner of First Avenue and 
Cherry Street. The company was 
organized in 1898, absorbing the ship- 
ping and commission business of E. E. 
Caine, who had been established for 
ten years at Seattle. 

The illustrations of the Moran Bros.' 
Co. shipyard show several views of the 
steamship G. W. Dickinson while the 
vessel was still in process of construc- 
tion. The Dickinson was built ex- 
pressly for the Nome trade for the Pa- 
cific Clipper Line by the Moran Bros.' 
Co. of Seattle, who also have a con- 
tract from this company for two large 
sailing vessels to be used in the Puget 
Sound-Hawaiian trade. 

The Pacific Clipper Line is now oper- 



B, BERNARD PELLY, 



Hon. B. Bernard Pelly, the British 
vice-consul in Seattle, has had a resi- 
dence in this city since 1883, and has 
held the position which he now Tias 
in Her Majesty's service since May, 
1889, at the time the position was 
created. While Mr. Pelly is an Eng- 
lish subject and looks after English 
affairs in Seattle, he has nevertheless 
become very thoroughly identified with 
the growth of this city, and is inter- 
ested in more than one local enterprise 
here. In addition to being in partner- 
ship with J. D. Lowman, under the 
title of Lowman & Pelly. he is secre- 
tary of the Lowman A: Hanford Sta- 
tionery Company and of the Tuck- 
Hanford Lithographic Company, and 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



119 



he naturally takes a very leading in- 
terest in practically all affairs which 
affect Seattle commercially. The firm 
of Lowman & Pelly do very much in 
the handling of estates of various 
kinds, a great many of which are for 
non-residents; and they also do con- 
siderable in the shape of making loans 
and investments. Mr. Pelly occupies 



flocrs 40x00 feet and have a very finely 
appointed establishment. Besides their 
own wines and brandies they carry a 
fine stock of liquors and cigars. 



PUGET SOUND NATIONAL BANK. 




B Bernard Peli.y. 

his own residence at 1314 Minor Ave- 
nue, and very few persons passing that 
section of the city can mistake its lo- 
cation because a large Union Jack fly- 
ing above it makes it quite conspicu- 
ous. 



HANDLE THEIR OWN WINES. 



The wholesale wine and liquor house 
of Migliavacca & Corgiat. which is lo- 
cated at 109 Main Street, this city, is 
the only firm which handle their own 
products. They represent the Miglia- 
vacca vineyard of California, and are 
introducing and putting upon the 
market some very choice and strictly 
hig'h grade brands of wines and bran- 
dies. Their product has a particularly 
high value because of its absolute 
purity. Although established in this 
city but a little over six months, they 
no'w do a very extensive wholesale 
trade, a trade which extends all over 
'\vashington, Idaho and into Alaska. 
Two men are kept upon the road in 
their interests. They occupy three 



Practically the foremost financial 
institution in Seattle, and the fir.st one 
to organize a National Bank, is that 
of the Puget Sound National, which is 
located in the Pioneer building at the 
corner of First Avenue and James 
Street. Few institutions on the Pa- 
cific Coast are stronger financially or 
can make the same showing of growth 
that this bank can. It was organized 
in 1882 by Jacob Furth, who since that 
period has been at its head continuous- 
ly. Its directors at the present time 
consist of Jacob Furth, E. C. Neufelder, 
James R. Hayden. S. Frauenthal, S. 
Schwabacher, James S. Goldsmith and 
L. S. Schwabacher. Since its organiza- 
tion in 1882 up to the present time it 
has made a ^steady . and continuous 
growth, and today it occupies beyond 
the question of a doubt a leading place 
among the large banks of the North- 
west. As forming some idea of the 
business transacted the following re- 
port of its condition at the close of 
business December 2, 1899, is publish- 
ed : 

RESOURCES. 

Loans and discounts $ 573.642.37 

U. S. bones 151,S0O.OO 

Other bonds and securities 448.174.3.5 

Furniture and fixtures 2.000.00 

Premium on lionds 32,113.85 

Due from banks and cash 1.781,947.49 

Redemption fund 2,745.00 

$2,992,423.06 

LIABILITIES. 

Capital stock $ .300,000.00 

Undivided profits 25,691.64 

National bank notes 27,^50.00 

Deposits 2,6.39.681.42 

J2.992. 42:3.06 

Seattle owes considerable to banks 
of this nature, as with the liberal and 
progressive spirit which characterizes 
its management, the ctiy' as a whole is 
very greatly benefited — and it was 
largely due to institutions of this char- 
acter that Seattle was enabled to 
weather the financial storm of the re- 
cent depressirn as well as it did. 



I20 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



Jacob Forth. 



Nothing could be more appropriate 
in speaking about the rapid advance- 
ment of Seattle and the substantial 



and also as the presiding genius of one 
of the largest banking institutions on 
the Pacific Coast — the one referred to 
is naturally Jacob Furth, president of 
the Puget Sound National Bank. He is 
one of the very few really successful 




Puget Sound National Bank. 
The Block is called the Pioneer, and is the property of the Yesler Estate, Inc. 



character of its financial affairs to- 
day than that part of that story be de- 
voted to one who has very materially 
helped to shape its desiinies, both as a 
city in a great number of enterprises. 



men, a man. as it were, whom the world 
likes to smile upon because of that 
success, and to smile more blandly 
because that success is due entirely to 
his own unaided efforts, to his own 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



121 



force of character, to his own clear, 
forceful mind, equal to the grasping 
and unravelling of any skein of finan- 
cial complexity. 

Jacob Furth came to Seattle in 1882 
from Colusa County, California, where 
he had from a very early age been 
engaged in the mercantile business. 
Seattle in those days was just begin- 
ning to attract attention. He was up 
liere long enough to grasp the situa- 




JACOB FuRTH. 

tion and to perfect the organization of 
his present banking enterprise. After 
the organization he returned to Cali- 
fornia, but removed here entirely in 
1883, since which time his residence 
has been in Seattle continuously. 

In 1886 he organized and became 
president of the First National Bank 
of Snohomish, a concern of much 
prominence today in Snohomish Coun- 
ty, and of which Mr. Furth is still at 
the head. 

Besides these banking ventures he 



has become interested in a great many 
other enterprises, chief of which is the 
Vulcan Iron Works, the California 
Land & Stock Company of Eastern 
Washington and of several of the local 
lines of street railways. Before the 
consolidation he was interested in the 
First Avenue line, in the Madison 
Street, the Union Trunk and in the 
Traction Company, and it was largely 
through his efforts that the plan of 
reorganization, under a 
consolidated plan, which 
has been successfully car- 
ried out, that the new sys- 
tem, whereby the separate 
car lines of this city are 
assuming superior charac- 
teristics, that the project 
was carried out. It was 
entirely due to his efforts 
that the money for the 
purchase of these lines and 
for their betterment was 
secured, and if no other 
evidence were needed to 
show his strong executive 
ability in matters of finan- 
cial importance, the con- 
summation of this plan 
would be sufficient to dem- 
onstrate it. 

Over in Eastern Wash- 
ington, near the town of 
Harrington, there is a tract 
of some 14,000 acres of land, 
a portion of which is de- 
voted to wheat-raising and 
other portions to the rais- 
ing of cattle and horses. 
Tliis is the property of the 
California Land & Farm- 
ing Company, which Mr. 
Furth organized and of 
which he is the president. 
Associated with him in 
this great undertaking are 
W. P. Harrington, a banker 
of Colusa, California, 
and Dr. Luke Robin- 
son of San Francisco. 
Their place is under the management 
of John F. Green. There are now 2000 
head of horses and 1500 head of cattle 
upon the place, and they were the first 
to take advantage of the great com- 
bined harvesters and threshers, which 
are to he frequently seen in the San 
Joaquin Valley, to which are attached 
thirty head of horses, and w*hich not 
only cut, but thresh and sack the 
grain while being hauled about the 
fields. Three of these great combina- 
tion affairs are in use, and one can 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



form some idea of the magnitude of 
the farming operations carried on on 
this big ranc'li. It is in operations of 
this kind that Mr. Furth has shown 
particular force, and it is this force 
which has easily made him the recog- 
nized leader of financial affairs in this 
section of the West. 



R, V. Ankeny, 



R. V. Ankeny, who occupies the very 
important position of cashier in the 
mo'St important hank in this city, has 
acquired his knowledge by practical 
application in all the various brandhes 
which go to make up a complex sys- 
tem. He began life in a bank at a 




R. V. -Ankeny. 

very early age, and has step by step 
gone up the ladder until today he oc- 
cupies the conspicuous and important 
position that he does. Mr. Ankeny has 
been in Seattle since August, 1888, 
coming direct from Des Moines, Iowa, 
to take a position in the Puget Sound 
National Bank as bookkeeper. He was 
born in Freeport. Illinois, but attended 
school and graduated in Iowa. As be- 
fore stated, he accepted a position as 
bookkeeper upon his arrival here, and 
successively has filled every position in 
the bank up to 1894, when he was 
elected to the position of casihier, a 
position which he now holds with so 
much credit to himself and the bank. 

In addition to his duties with the 
Puget Sound National he is the treas- 



urer and interested in the following 
companies: The Vulcan Iron Works, 
Alaska-Pacific Express Company, Alas- 
ka A' Pacific Steamship Company, 
Bering Sea Development & Improve- 
ment Company and the E. G. Rathbone 
Lighterage Company of Cape Nome. 
Although a young man, comparatively 
speaking, there are very few in the 
West who are exercising a stronger or 
a wiser influence in financial circles 
than Mr. Ankeny. 



THE BANK OF 
DEXTER HORTON & COMPANY. 



The bank of Dexter Horton & Com- 
pany, which occupies the first floor of 
their own magnificent building at the 
corner of First Avenue South and 
Washington street, is the oldest bank 
in Washington, its establishment dat- 
ing back to 1870. It was founded in 
that year by Dexter Horton, one of 
the pioneer settlers of Seattle, and a 
man named Philips; in 1872 Philips 
died and his interest was acquired by 
A. A. Denny. It continued under this 
ownership as a private banking in- 
stitution until 1887, when it was in- 
corporated under the laws of the State 
of Washington. The building which 
they now occupy was built by them 
in 1892-3 and occupied in the spring 
of 1893. It is the only bank in the 
State, of any consequence, which owns 
its own block. The illustration which 
is shown herewith will give an idea of 
the character of the building, which, 
by the way, is one of the most hand- 
some in Seattle. Judge .lohn P. Hoyt 
was the first manager after the reor- 
ganization and incorporation, and up- 
on his election to the Supreme Court 
in 1890, N. H. Latimer, who had had 
a continuous connection with the bank 
from 1882. was elected in his stead, a 
position which he still occupies. The 
present officers of the bank are: W. 
M. Ladd, president; R. H. Denny, vice- 
president; N. H. Latimer, manager; 
M. W. Peterson, cashier, and C. E. 
Burnside, assistant cashier. The in- 
stitution has a capital stock of $200,- 
000, with a surplus of $100,000, and is 
one of the great big financial institu- 
tions of the Pacific Coast. As indicat- 
ing its rapid growth and increase of 
business during the year, it can be 
stated that on March 1, 1899. its de- 
posits amounted to $1,915,855.54; on 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



May 31, 1899. the deposits were $1.9S3,- 
045.97; July 12. 1899. they had reached 
$2,210,012.19; on September 7 they had 
climbed to $2,499,827.90; and on Decem- 
ber 2 last they had reached nearly 
three million dollars, or to be exact, 
$2,906,569. This is an increase of busi- 
ness that can well be pointed to with 
pride and a showing which few banks 
in cities no larger than Seattle can 
point to. If no other evidence were 
needed, this remarkable showing of 



Seattle in 1882 from Illinois. For a 
year previous to his arrival in Seattle 
he occupied a position in the First 
National Bank of Kirkwood, in that 
State, and three days after his ar- 
rival in Seattle was offered and accept- 
ed a position as bookkeeper in the 
bank of which he is now the mana^^er. 
It was owned in those days by Dexter 
Horton and A. A. Denny. During the 
first years with the bank he occupied 
the positions of bookkeeper, note 




tolernorfnico-bi-nni^n- ^'^' no*. 



The Bank of Dexter Horton & Co. 

increased deposits would be convinc- 
ing proof of the high standing this 
bank has among all circles, commer- 
cial and otherwise, on Puget Sound. 



N. H, Latimer, 



N. H. Latimer, the manager of 
Dexter Horton & Co.. bankers, whose 
portrait is herewith shown, came to 



teller, receiving tel- 
'er, paying teller, 
and subsequently 
manager, the latter 
position having been 
tendered him in 
1890. His long ex- 
perience with the 
bank and his wide 
knowledge of affairs 
in general on Puget 
Sound, and particularly in 
Seattle, make him thoroughly 
conversant with general bank 
and financial affairs and fit 
him more generously for the 
position he occupies than 
most men occupying positions 
of similar trust and responsi- 
bility. Mr. Latimer has 
recently built one of the mof=t 
handsome residences in this 
city; it is located on Terry Avenue ami 
Columbia Street, and besides being one 
of the most elegant homes in this city, 
commands a view of the surrounding 
country which cannot be excelled else- 
where in this region of country. He 
has a family consisting of a wife and 
four little boys, and the home which 
he has recently completed is one of 
most ideal and elegant appointment. 



124 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



M, W, Peterson, 



M. W. Peterson, the present cashier 
•of Dexter Horton & Company, was ap- 



land for upwards of fifteen years, fill- 
ing various positions in that big bank- 
ing institution from bookkeeper to 
paying teller. Few young men in the 
West have had a wider range of experi- 
ence and possess greater knowledge 





M, W. Peterson. 

pointed to this position the latter part 
of 1899. He has now resided in Seattle 
lor two years. Prior to coming here 
lie was with Ladd & TiUon in Port- 



N. H. Latimer. 



of financial matters than Mr. Peter- 
son, and his selection to the position 
which he now occupies has been an 
exceptionally wise one. 




The Seattle National Bank. 



THE SEATTLE 
NATIONAL BANK. 



The Seattle National 
Bank, located at the 
northwest corner of 
Columbia street and 
Second avenue, was 
established in 1S90, just 
after the big Seattle 
fire, by G. W. Griffith, 
from Denver, president; 
W. R. Ballard, of 
Seattle, vice-president, 
and Fred Ward, of 
Seattle, cashier. Two 
years after the organiza- 
tion of the bank a 
change took place in 
the personnel of the 
management, E. W. 
Andrews becoming 
president, John B. 
A g e n vice-president, 
and S. F. Kelley cash- 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



ier; the directorate including Messrs. 
Andrews and Agen, together with J. D. 
Farrell, Harold Preston, Daniel Kelle- 
her, David Ferguson and T. N. Haller. 
This official roster still obtains. 

The bank does a general commercial 
business and is a United States de- 
positary. A feature of this institu- 
tion is that with a capitalization of but 




Scandinavian American Bank. 
The Building the property of Yesler Estate, Incorporated. 



THE SCANDINAVIAN-AMERICAN 
BANK. 

Some illustrations are shown here- 
with of the Scandivanian-American 
Bank, one of which presents the ex- 
terior appearance and the other gives 
an interior view, both of which are 
very excellent 
likenesses. The 
bank was first 
organized in 1892 
with a capital of 
$75,000, and few 
institutions of a 
similar character 
have made the 
same progress for 
the same length 
of time or put 
themselves on the 
same substantial 
basis that this 
institution has 
done. It was or- 
ganized with A. 
Chilberg as presi- 
dent, W. H. Tal- 
bott as cashier, A. 
Amunds as vice- 
president, and A. 
E. Johnson 
second vice-presi- 
dent. Shortly 
after its organiza- 
tion JVIr. Talbott 
resigned and 
moved to Ellens- 
burg, and A. H. 
Soelberg acted in 
his stead until he 
was elected to the 
position in 1894. 
As indicating the 
very remark- 
able growth of 
the bank the 
following state- 
ment of deposits 
is shown : 



$100,000 it has upwards of $1,500,000 
deposits. This cannot be said of more 
than a score of national banks in the 
United States. The last official state- 
ment of this bank, made March 24, 
1900, showed loans $568,394.17, U. S. 
bonds and premium $439,000, warrants, 
stocks and real estate $119,663.31, cash 
and exchange $582,961.21. It also show- 
ed a surplus of $10,000, undivided pro- 
fits $3,888.33, circulation $90,000, de- 
posits $1,516,523.95. The capital stock 
is $100,000. 



May 31, 
May 31, 



1894 $ 73,539.28 

1895 117,216.58 



May 31, 1896 152,241.16 



May 31, 
May 31, 
Dec. .30, 



1897 170,594.08 

1898 421,815.96 

1S99 910,192.56 

In the statement which was made on 
December 30, 1899. the resources are 
given as follows: 

Loans and discounts $ 476.454.71 

Furniture and fixtures 3,tXX).00 

Real estate 36,874.20 

Internal revenue stamps 937.08 

Capital subject to call 30,000.00 

Other rescurces 3,944.00 



126 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



Ocunty aiul city warrants 14,219.18 city passenger agent for the Northerxi 

^bank°" ^''".".^ .''"'^ due from ^.^ ^^^ ^^ Pacific railroad and served in that ca- 

— '-^ — ^ pacity for several years, or until 

Or a total of $1,019,948.19 he resigned to organize the bank of 

The liabilities were: which he is now the head. When he 

UndUMded° mofits ^ luii'Ti ^^'^^ ^'^"^^ ^^^'^ ^^ ^^^ honored by the 

Diposits^*^ .......\.... 9iii\92,M appointment of Swedish-Norwegian 

The officers of the bank at the pres- vice-consul, and during the time he 

ent time are: A. Chilberg, president; was acting as agent for the Northern 

E. L. Grondahl. first vice-president; O. Pacific he was appointed agent for all 

0. Searle, second vice-president, and the lines of steamships plying between 

A. H. Soelberg, cashier. Europe and America, a position whicii 

This growth tells a story of one of he still holds. In addition to his duties 

the most remarkable successes in this with the bank he devotes considerable 

most remarkable town. The success time to looking after trans-American 




INTKRIOR OF THE SC ANDINAVIAN-AMERICAN BANK, 



has been due to a conservative yet pro- 
gressive spirit and to a thorough 
knowledge of financial matters and to 
the needs of a growing city like Se- 
attle. 



A, Chilberg, 



A. Chilberg, president of the Scandi- 
navian-American Bank, first came to 
Seattle in 1875 and engaged in the gro- 
cery business and later in the insurance 
business. He was afterwards made the 



passengers. During Mr. Chilberg's 
long residence in this city he has occu- 
pied several positions of trust and im- 
portance, among which is that of city 
treasurer at one time and also the 
position of councilman. He was a 
member of the board of education from 
1895 to 1898, and of which he was presi- 
dent during the year 1897. He is a 
man who is very highly regarded by all 
those who are acquainted with him, 
and is probably one of the best known 
men on Puget Sound by reason of his 
long residence in Seattle. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORII'NT. 



127 



A, H. Soclberg, 



A. H. Soleberg came here from Min- 
neapolis, Minnesota, in tlie spring of 
1892 to take a position in tlie bank of 




A, II. SOELBERG. 

which he is now the cashier. Prior 
to his removal to Seattle he was en- 
gaged in the sash and door bnsiness in 
the Eastern city, and had had a very 
thorough commercial training. He 




A. Chilbkrg. 

was born in Norway, where he receiv- 
ed a very thorough education, and for 
several years after his graduation from 



the schools of his natice country he 
had an actual training in various busi- 
ness pursuits, so that upon engaging 
in business in the United States he 
was exceedingly well equipped to at 
once begin making progress. The very 
rapid growth of the institution with 
which he is so closely allied indicates 
to a certainty that he has had very 
much to do with its success. Few 
young men occupying positions in the 
commercial world can point to a bet- 
ter record. 



E. L, Grondahl, 



E. L. Grondahl, who occupies the 
position of first vice-president in the 
Scandinavian-American Bank, and who 
takes a very leading interest in its 




K. L. Grondahl, 

affairs, was born in Norway and re- 
moved with his parents to Red Wing, 
Minnesota, at a very early age. Al- 
though a young man, he has had very 
large business experience, and prior to 
removing to this city in June, 1899, 
he was engaged in the insurance, loan, 
real estate and law business in Minne- 
sota, and naturally acquired a very 
sound business training, so that when 
he accepted a position in the Ijank in 
this city, through the purchase of a 
large block of stock, he was remark- 
ably well equipped for assuming duties 
of this character. The active manage- 
ment of the bank at present devolves 
upon both him and Mr. Soelberg. 



128 



SKATTIvE AND THE ORIENT. 



THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK. 



ing the past five j^ears between 1895 
and 1900: 



The First National Bank of Seattle 
was organized in 1882, succeeding to 
the banking business of George W. 
Harris & Co., one of the first banking 
institutions of the city. Numbered in 
the personnel of the new organization 
were such well-known and prominent 
characters as the late Henry L. Yesler, 
the "Father of Seattle;" Hon. John 



1895. 

$424,000 
125,000 
500,000 



1900. ■ 

Deposits $1,300,000 

Casih due from banks . 500,000 
Loans 700,000 



Capital stock $150,000 

Surplus and profits 40.000 




First National Bank Building, First'and Yesler. 



Leary, Judge J. R. Lewis and the late 
W. M. Ladd, of the great banking firm 
of Ladd & Tilton of Portland, Or. 

In September, 1898, James D. Hoge, 
Jr., acquired a controlling interest in 
the bank by purchase from the Ladds, 
and was elected to the presidency. The 
present oflficers of the "bank are: 
James D. Hoge, Jr., president; Maurice 
McMicken, vice president; Lester Tur- 
ner, cashier, and R. F. Parkhurst, as- 
sistant cashier. 

An official comparative statement is 
given herewith as illustrative of the 
rapid growth of the First National dur- 



President James D. Hoge, Jr, 



President James D. Hoge, Jr., has 
lived in Seattle since 1890. He entered 
the First National Bank as messenger 
and stenographer nearly ten years ago. 
After various promotions he finally 
succeeded to the position of note and 
collection teller. He remained with 
the bank four years in all, when he 
entered the office of the Post-Intelli- 
gencer, afterward rising to the posi- 
tion of business manager. On the death 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



129 




James D. Hoge, Jr. 

of Hon. Frederic J. Grant, his brother- 
in-law, the editor, Mr. Hoge became 
proprietor of the big newspaper. He 



world and devoted some eight months 
to his travels, devoting considerable 
time to the banking methods and 
finances of the various countries — his 
careful investigations and experiences 
resulting in most thoroughly equip- 
ping him for the responsible position 
he now occupies, that of president of 
one of the big financial institutions of 
the Pacific Coast. 

As indicating the bank's growth, it 
may be well to mention that the depos- 
its, when he assumed control, were 
about $650,000; now they are practic- 
ally $1,500,000. Mr. Hoge was born at 
Zanesville, Ohio, in September, 1871, 
and hence is the youngest bank presi- 
dent in the United States. He is 
married and has two children. In ad- 
dition to being president of the bank, 
he is also secretary of the Clearing 
House Association. 

The bank's stockholders include 
such prominent people as L. Murphy, 
president of the First National Bank 
of San Francisco; Sol. G. Simpson, the 




Interior OF THE First National Bank. 



continued the publication of the Post- 
Intelligencer until 1897, when he sold 
out at a large profit. 

Finding himself in poor health, Mr. 
Hoge decided on a trip around the 



great lumberman; Maurice McMicken, 
one of the leading attorneys of the city 
and one of the owners of the Post-In- 
telligencer; Hon. John H. McGraw, ex- 
Governor of the State and ex-president 



I30 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



of the bank, and many others of equal 
financial strength and prominence. 



Cashier Lester Turner. 



Lester Turner, cashier of the First 
National Bank since 1890, is a gentle- 
man of exceptional attainments. He 
came to Seattle from San Francisco, 



The bank occupies premises in the 
Bailey building, one of the most sub- 
stantial structures in the city. It 
is among the most handsomely ap- 
pointed and conveniently arranged 
banks in Seattle, as the accompany- 
ing interior photographs will show. 

PEOPLE'S SAVINGS BANK. 




One of the best known 
and safest banking insti- 
tutions on Puget Sound is 
the People's Savings 
Bank, organized in 1889 
by James K. H a y d e n , 
Jacob Furth, A. A. Denny, 
W. E. Bailey, Bailey (Jat- 
zert, John Collins, John 
Leary, Otto Kanke and 
Leigh S. J. Hunt The 
first board of trustees 
were Bailey Gatzert, presi- 
dent; Jacob Furth, vice- 
president; Arthur A, 
Denny, second vice-presi- 



where he resided for five 
years. Previous to liis resi- 
dence in San Francisco, 
Mr. Turner was a success- 
ful banker on Wall Street. 
He is now recognized as 
one of the ablest bankers in 
the Pacific Northwest. 

The First National Bank 
is one of the strong concerns 
of Seattle and the Pacific 
Coast. 



THE NATIONAL BANK OF 
COMMERCE, 



Views of Interior of National Bank of Commkkce. 



The National Bank of Commerce, 
which was organized in 1890, is one 
of the very large financial institutions 
which give Seattle a high rating in 
moneyed circles. The statement pub- 
lished on December 2, 1899, shows that 
it has resources of $1,090,000; capital, 
surplus and undivided profits, $180,000, 
and a line of deposits amounting to 
$1,558,188.80. H. C. Henry is the presi- 
dent, and R. R. Spencer is cashier. 



dent; James R. Haydeu, manager,, 
and Louis Schwabacher, William 
E. Bailey, John Leary, John 
Collins and Otto Ranke. The first 
ofiicers were Jame^ R. Hayden, 
cashier and secretary; Frank I. Blod- 
gett, assistant cashier, and attorneys,. 
Preston, Carr & Preston. The bank 
was for eight years located in the west 
end of the Occidental Block, the quar- 
ters now occupied by the Hotel Seat- 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



IT, I 



tie. It has always had the confidence 
of the people, which confidence was 
never shaken, not even during the dark 
days of 1893, when banks were crash- 
ing on every hand. The institution 
recently enlarged its scope to include 
general commercial banking and a 
trust company business. 

In March of the present year, 1900, 
the bank changed its location to most 
elegantly appointed quarters in the 
Masonic Temple, at the northeast cor- 
ner of Second Avenue and Pike Street, 



big fire, from Osage, Iowa. Mr. Agen 
brought in the first car of butter and 
eggs received here after the fire, and 
immediately opened a butter and egg 
establishment on Seventh and Stewart 
streets, where he remained until the 
Colman block was completed on West- 
ern avenue and Marion street, the lo- 
cation he still occuipies. 

Mr. Agen has been in business twen- 
ty-three years, and by close application 
and careful management has built for 
himself a trade unequaled on the Pa- 



crrnrr-s^- ^, 



^Rr: 





View of the New Home of People's Savings Bank, on Pike St. and Second Ave. 



the building being owned by E. C. Neu- 
felder, president of the institution. 
The present official roster of the bank 
is: E. C. Neufelder, president; John 
Leary, vice presdent; James R. Hay- 
den, cashier; Joseph T. Greenleaf, as- 
sistant cashier; directors, E. C. Neu- 
felder, John Leary, R. H. Denny, John 
Collins and James R. Hayden. 



JOHN B, AGEN. 



John B. Agen, one of the most pop- 
ular business men of the city, came to 
Seattle in 1889, the day following the 



cific Coast. He carries on extensive 
business in British Columbia, Hawaiin 
Islands and the Orient, besides having 
branch offices In Alaska and other 
Sound points. 

One of his specialties, and one that 
has made a great hit, is the putting up 
of fine creamery butter in oblong 
square two-pound tin cans, with key 
opener attached, all under a neat and 
attractive label. In this manner a 
great quantity is put up for the Klon- 
dike and Nome trade. The label with 
"J. B. Agen has stood the test," is a 
guarantee of superior quality. 

Mr. Agen's main cold storage and 



132 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



creamery is at Osage, Iowa, the 
place that can justly be called 
the banner butter state in 
quality and production. 

Mr. Ayren was among the 
originators of the creamery 
butter scheme that has now be- 
come so universal, and largely 
through his etioris people have 
become educated in butter. 

He owns several skimming 
stations throughout Western 
Washington, the cream being 
shipped to the main creamery 
in Seattle and churned. 

Mr. Agen is vice president of 
the Seattle National Bank, and 
owns considerable real estate 
in this city, besides being 
interested in several sugar 
plantations in Hawaii. 

Mr. Agen is a man of pleas- 
ing personality, and one who 
is generally liked by all who 
know him, being a member of 
many of the social clubs of the 
city. 

A picture is shown of his 
residence on Boylston and 




John B. Agen. 




The Residence of John B. Age.v, Boylston Ave. and Seneca St. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



133 



Seneca avenues, which is considered 
one of llie most attractive liomea in 
the citv. 



THE BIG MEAT PACKERS, 



Among the leading and constantly 
expanding industries of Puget Sound is 
the Frye-Bruhn Co. of Seattle, located 
on the tide flats in the southern part 
of the city on the line of the Grant 
Street Electric Railway. The Frye- 
Bruhn Co. is purely a Seattle institu- 
tion, owing its inception and growth 
wholly to Seattle men and Seattle capi- 
tal. C. H. Frye, president, and Charles 
Bruhn, secretary and treasurer of the 
company, were formerly stockmen of 
Davenport, la. Coming to the Coast 
in 1888, they opened up a retail meat 
market at the southwest corner of 
Washington and Commercial (now 
First Avenue South) Streets. The big 
fire of 1889 destroyed their place of 
business, but they immediately opened 
up in a tent at "the old stand." 

In 1893 they branched out into the 
wholesale trade and incorporated under 
the present name with officers as giv- 
en above. They erected a slaughter 
nouse fronting on Grant Street bridge, 
which they ran for four years, when 
their fast expanding business necessi- 
tated the installing of a packing house 
on a comparatively extensive scale. 
From almost the very start they con- 
sumed all the cattle, sheep and hogs 
they could procure in Eastern Wash- 
ington and found a ready market for 
their output in all parts of the State 
and in British Columbia and Alaska. 

In September of last year (1899) 
their works were totally destroyed by 
fire, but with that commendable enter- 
prise so characteristic of Western men, 
the company immediately erected tem- 
porary quarters, which enabled them 
to partially meet the demands of their 
enormous patronage, while at the same 
time they began preparations for the 
erection of a new plant on greatly en- 
larged and improved plans. This plant 
is now finished in all its details and is 
in operation. 

The new plant covers upward of 
three acres. The main building has 
a frontage of 110 feet on Gi-ant Street 
bridge and extends back over the flats 
250 feet, being three stories in height. 
The lower floor is 110x250 feet in di- 
mensions and contains the pickling 
rooms, space for storing hides and 



pelts, vats for converting the offal into 
fertilizers; driers to take care of the 
blood, bone mills, and the large freez- 
ing tank, besides the boiler and en- 
gine rooms and ice freezing machinery. 
The institution is thoroughly modern 
throughout, being equipped witb all 
the latest machinery and conveniences. 
It has a daily capacity of 150 cattle, 
300 sheep and 500 hogs. The company 
at present employs 145 men, with a 
monthly pay roll of $8,500. In the fis- 
cal year ending July, 1899, they 
slaughtered 8900 cattle, 41,000 sheep 
and 15,500 hogs. They manufactured 
during this period 2,400,000 pounds of 
hams, 1,600,000 pounds of bacon and 
1,260,000 pounds of lard, besides 8900 
hides, 475.000 pounds of tallow and 
grease and 685,000 pounds of miscel- 
laneous products. Their sales were 
$1,500,000. As their business is con- 
stantly and rapidly increasing, these 
figures will augment in proportion. 

The plant is complete in every de- 
tail, being modeled after the "big 
packing houses of the Middle 
West, with such changes only 
as an eye to improvements has 
suggested. The various processes of 
converting cattle, hogs and sheep into 
beef, pork, mutton, etc., and the dif- 
ferent by-products are all arranged 
with a view to economizing time and 
labor, with a maximum of cleanliness 
and a minimum of waste. The cattle 
are killed while standing in a narrow 
pen by a blow on the head with a 
steel maul, given by a man on a raised 
platform. The movement of a lever 
then sets machinery in motion that 
opens a door swung on top hinges and 
tips the platform on which the animal 
rests, throwing the body into a large 
room where it is hoisted by the hind 
feet with a friction hoist, the blood 
drained, the head cut off and the car- 
cass skinned, dressed and quartered 
and sent on the way by overhead track 
and hanging wheel to the chill room, 
the various processes probably occu- 
pying ten minutes and requiring four 
men. Carcasses are left in the chill 
room (33 degrees above zero tempera- 
ture) forty-eight hours, when they are 
ready for shipment or the market. 
Where shipped any distance, the meat 
goes by refrigerator cars, or, if on the 
water, in refrigerator tanks. 

Hogs and sheep are killed with the 
knife. A boy puts a snaffle on the hind 
leg of a hog, when the animal is hoist- 
ed by machinery, head downward, 



134 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



about fifteen feet, when he is "stuck," after which it is carried by overhead 
and after bleeding a few moments till rail to the "cutter," who dresses the 
dead the carcass is dropped into a carcass and sends it along to the chill 




The New Packing House of Frye-Bruhn Co., South Seattle, the Largest in the West. 

scalding tank from whence a patent rooms, the whole process not occupying 

"throw" lifts them onto the scraping over five minutes. 

table, where the hair is dextrously re- Sheep are strung up after being 

moved by an automatic hog scraper, killed, when they are skinned and 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



135 



dressed and sent along by overhead rail 
to the chill rooms, the whole work be- 
ing done by one man to each sheep and 
requiring about four minutes to com- 
plete the operation. All tracks and 
floors are down grade from the initial 
point where the animals are slaught- 
ered to the chill rooms to facilitate 
the moving of the carcasses. 

Besides the abattoirs, common to all 
packing houses, there are chilling 
rooms, smoke houses, pickling rooms, 
a sausage department with a monthly 
capacity of twenty tons, a complete 



the shell of the hoofs goes to China 
and returns to America in various tor- 
toise-shell articles. In fact, nothing 
is lost, as they say at the works, but 
"the squeal of the hog." 

The company's "F.-B.' brand of pure 
leaf lard, made in open kettles, has 
become justly celebrated throughout 
the Northwest because of its purity and 
full weight. The demand far exceeds 
the present capacity of the works. 
Their "Wild Rose" brand of lard is 
made from leaf lard and back fat, and 
is an excellent article. 



r 



C-'. mmim'^^s t 




Overlooking Big Packing Plant of Frye-Bruhn Co. 



lard refinery, a box-making depart- 
ment, a complete ice manufactory 
and refrigerator plant and numerous 
vats and appliances for taking care of 
the various by-products. 

Every part of the slaughtered ani- 
mal is utilized. Besides the food prod- 
ucts the company produces glue stock 
from the ears and snouts of the ani- 
mals, neatsfoot oil from the feet of 
the cattle, bonemeal for chickens and 
for fertilizing, dried blood for sugar 
refineries, and fertilizer from the offal. 
The shin bones of cattle are shipped to 
Japan, where they are used for knife 
handles and various other purposes; 



The company cure all the hams and 
bacon that can be furnished them from 
Eastern Washington, and are obliged, 
much to their regret, to go outside 
the State for material to supply the 
growing demand for their "F.-B" brand 
of hams and bacon. 

The Frye-Bruhn Co. has one of the 
most complete and modern refriger- 
ator and ice manufacturing plants on 
the Coast, which enables them to keep 
the temperature down to the desired 
point (33 degrees above zero), in their 
numerous chill rooms, and furnish all 
the ice necessary in their own immense 
business, besides supplying fifty tons 



136 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



daily to the trade. The company is 
fortunate in the possession of an in- 
e.xhaustible source of the purest water, 
obtained from a flowing artesian well 
on the property 1009 feet deep. This 
water is first distilled by conversion 
into steam and then condensed in a 
graduated coil of piping on the roof of 
the building, after which it Is put 
through skimming, reboiling and filter- 
ing processes for the elimination of 
air and all possible impurities, so that 
by the time it reaches the freezing 
pans it is absolutely pure and devoid 
of any atmospheric trace. The pe- 
culiar construction of the plant does 
not admit of the water again coming 
in contact with the atmosphere until 
it is congealed into ice, after having 
been at first converted into steam. The 
ice thus produced is clear as French 



After the hard times set in eight 
years ago, J. A. Moore, the head and 
front of the company, went to Mexico, 
developed a mine that turned out to 
be a bonanza, sold it, and returned ta 
Seattle. He had faith in the city, and 
backed up his faith by making cash 
investments in realty. Further, he 
interested some of his Eastern friends, 
for whom he bought more than $1,000,- 
000 worth of choice business property 
now salable at double tne price he 
paid for it. 

By this means he removed bearish 
influences. The property had been 
foreclosed. While it remained on the 
market prices could not enhance and 
people of means hesitated to invest. 
But the purchase of these large hold- 
ings greatly stimulated the market. 
Those big deals mark the beginning of 




A View on University Heights from Fremont Avenue. 
These Magnificent Residences were Constructed by the Moore Investment Co. for Owners. 



plate and wholly without the objec- 
tionable "core," such a common fea- 
ture in the manufactured product. 

The Frye-Bruhn Co.'s products have 
gained great favor throughout the en- 
tire Northwest and bid fair to even- 
tually supersede nearly all importa- 
tions from the packing houses of the 
East. 



THE MOORE INVESTMENT COMPANY 



The work that can be done for the 
upbuilding of a city by the intelligent, 
energetic efforts of one firm is ex- 
emplified by the results the Moore In- 
vestment Company has achieved within 
eighteen months. It is an inspiration 
for every man who has pride in the 
prosperity of Seattle. 



Seattle's business and building revival. 

Early last year Mr. Moore announced 
his intention of constructing a magni- 
ficent apartment 'house of steel, brick 
and stone, at a total cost of $150,000. 
Some scoffed at the project as prema- 
ture, but before the completion of the 
foundation applications had been re- 
ceived by the Moore Investment Com- 
pany far surpassing the capacity of the 
seven-story building. The company 
has since started another large bloctc 
at Second Avenue and Union Street, 
one of the finest in the city. 

But a few days ago Mr. Moore ar- 
ranged for the construction of another 
block at Second and Union, to be stone 
and brick, six stories high, costing $85,- 
000. It will be known as the Whitcomb, 
and be located diagonally across from 
the Estabrook. It will be completed 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



137 



and ready for occupancy by early 
autumn. 

All of last summer Mr. Moore ad- 
vanced money to home builders for 
the construction of scores or handsome 
homes on installment payments. That 
alone was intiuen- 
tial in securing sev- 
eral hundred new and 
desirable families for 
Seattle. They are 
now fixtures here and 
are contributing to 
the city's growth and 
prosperity. 

One of the Moore 
Investment Com- 
pany's enterprises is 
the opening and im- 
proving of University 
Heights, adjoining 
the >tate University. 
The company graded 
this fine suburb and 
put down cement side- 
walks at a great ex- 
pense, and is con- 
structing handsome 
homes there on 
easy installments. 



already sold, and homes costing from 
$1200 to $3000 adorn this educational 
suburb. 

Residence property on University 
Heights is so much in demand that 
it is settling up faster than any other 



' 


^ 




aSma tlLia m 


J|J|( 


I 






J 



The Eastabrook Block. 
Second and Union — Constructed by Moore Investment Company. 




The Lincoln Apartment House. 

Fourth and Madison— Seven Stories, Stone and White Pressed Brick Under 

construction by the Moore Investment Company. 



part of the 
city, and val- 
ues are corres- 
pondingly en- 
hancing, and, 
of course, is 
sure to be a 
residence dis- 
trict unsur- 
passed in point 
of sightliness,, 
sanitation, 
nearness to a^ 
great educa- 
tional center, 
and the associ- 
ation of the 
cultured, i n - 
tellectual class 
of people to 
reside there. 

The first of 
the year Mr. 
Moore's vast- 
business inter- 
ests, which in- 
clude also the 
develop m en t 
of one of the 



This is a measure never before under- 
taken in Seattle. The wisdom of the 
policy is apparent in the results. More 
than four-fifths of the lots there are 



largest coal mines in the state, has. 
grown to such proportions that he took 
J. E. Ballaine into the firm. Mr. Bal- 
laine is one of the best known young; 



«38 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 




J. A. Moore. 
Head of Moore Investment Co. 



men in the state. 
He was raised in 
VVliitman County. 
In his journalistic 
career he became 
editor of the southern 
division of tlie Associ- 
ated press, at Wash- 
ington, D. C, when 
25 years of age. He 
was private secretary 
to the Governor of 
Washington and 
adjutant general of 
the National Guard, 
later serving through 
the Spanish-Aineri- 
can-Phillipine war 
as an officer of the 
First Wasliington 
Regiment. 

J, W, GODWIN, 

J. W. Godwin, who 
is the head of the 
firm of J. W. Godwin 
& Company, the big 
wholesale commission 
firm in this city, has 
been in Seattle since 
1890. When he first 
moved to this city 
Reorganized the com- 
(mission business 
xinder the name of 
J. W. Godwin & 
Company and con- 
fine t e d it alone 




John E. Ballaine, 
Of the Moore Investmeut Co. 




A Wi.VDOW IN THE Residence of Hon. John Collins, Minor Ave. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



139 



til 1894, when it became an incorpor- 
ated company, at which time he be- 
came its president and manager. The 
Store which they occupy is 45x120 feet, 
and the business conducted is that of 
a wholesale and retail commission 
ihouse. They send products into Brit- 
ish Columbia and Alaska and all over 
Western and Eastern Washington, and 
at the present time are doing a very 
extensive business. 




J. W. Godwin. 

One of their heavy products is the 
importation of bananas, the most of 
which they receive from Central 
America. These they distribute in 
turn throughout the regions of coun- 
try named. At the present time they 
■employ twelve men in the store in this 
city and keep one man traveling upon 
the road. The business for last year 
has shown a very marked increase 
over the previous year and is equal to 
fully 25 per cent gain, and the way 
that business starts off so far this year 
there will be a marked increase over 
last year in the volume of trade. 

Mr. Godwin is a native of Virginia 
and came to Seattle from Philadelphia, 
in which place he was doing business 
prior to coming West. Since removing 
to this city Mr. G-odwin has taken a 
very active interest in all affairs which 
have a tendency to promote the welfare 
of the community; and as he has al- 
ways been closely identified with the 
Democratic party, his political views 
since coming here have been eagerly 
sought for. and it can be said that he 



is well up in the councils of his party. 
In addition to his large commission 
business, Mr. Godwin is a very exten- 
sive dealer in real estate and since 
coming here has acquired very consid- 
erable holdings of some choice tracts. 

W, E. McKEE, 



W. E. McKee, the proprietor of the 
Horseshoe, one of the most elaborately 
fitted up, and considered to be the best 
conducted saloon on the northwest 
coast, has resided in Seattle for the 
past ten years. He was born in Fish- 
kill-on-the-Hudson, in the State of 
New York, and in addition to living in 
Cleveland, Ohio, has resided in all the 
principal cities of the Union, including 
Des Moines, Iowa, Sioux Falls, Iowa, 
and Manitou Springs, Colorado. His 
arrival in Seattle was immediately fol- 
lowing the fire, and his first busi- 
ness here was the securing of the privi- 
lege to serve refreshments upon the 
"City of Seattle," which had just been 
brought around from the East and 
was plying at that time on the Sound. 
It was not until 1894, however, that Mr. 




W. E. McKee. 

McKee secured possession of the 
Horseshoe, and although it had degen- 
erated from the plane upon which it 
was originated, he soon put it in first- 
class condition, and today it is recog- 
nized as one of the very few places in 
which gentlemen care to congregate. 



140 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



He conducts the only public billiard 
room in the city, and the fact that his 
house is kept free of objectionable 



ploys nothing but strict business prin- 
ciples in all his business dealings. He 
is an active life member of the Lodge 




Interior of the "Horseshoe.' 



characters, and is run upon thoroughly 
first-class and legitimate lines, gives it 
a remarkably high standing in the 
community. Mr. McKee attributes his 
success solely to the fact that he em- 



of Elks No. 92, and has been the presi- 
dent of the Rod and Gun Club of this 
city for the past five years, and was 
recently re-elected, much against his 
wishes. 




THE SEATTLE THEATRE, 



J. r. Howe. 



The Seattle Theatre building, erected 
in 1892, at the northwest corner of 
Cherry street and Third avenue, at 
a cost of $150,000. is a beautiful struc- 
ture and is strictly a Seattle institu- 
tion, being a product of Seattle en- 
terprise and Seattle capital. It is fire- 
proof, substantially built and the peer 
of any first-class theater on the Coast 
in point of architecture and furnish- 
ings. The seating capacity is 1,500. 
The theater is under the management 
of J. P. Howe, one of the oldest 
theater managers west of the Rocky 
mountains. Mr. Howe's experience 
covers a quarter of a century, during 
which long period he has embarked itt 
nothing else, paying all his attention 
to theatrical business, with no side is- 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



141 



sues, a record equaled by but a limit- 
ed few theatrical managers of the pres- 
ent day. Mr. Howe has probably con- 
trolled more theaters than any other 
Pacific coast manager. Between 1884 
and 1891 he controlled the North Pa- 
cific theatrical situation besides all the 
first-class theatrical business of Port- 
land. Seattle, Tacoma, Walla Walla, 
Victoria and a number of smaller cities. 
During 1894-5 Mr. Howe was lessee 
and proprietor of the Columbia and 
Alcazar theaters of San Francisco. 
I'.Biit Mr. Howe's experi- 
•ence has not been limited to 
the management of theaters, 
for he lans owned and con- 
trolled numerous road enter- 
prises, amongr them being 
M. Quad's (C. B. Lewis') 
funny play, " Yakie," which 
Mr. Howe brought to the 
Ooast in 1880. A f towards 
he managed W. E. Sheridan, 
the great tragedian, in "King 
iear," "Louis VII" and a 



Government transport to the Orient, 
will add very much to the fine fleet 
which will ply between this city and 
Cape Nome. The Tacoma will unques- 
tionably be the finest vessel engaged 
in this service. She is 330 feet long, 
39 feet beam and will carry 500 pas- 
sengers and 2500 tons of cargo. Her 
speed is very fast and she is hand- 
somely fitted up with practically every 
modern convenience. Last year, for 
the G-overnment, she carried to Ma- 
nila 860 troops and men. It can thus 




The Seattle Theatre Building. 

repertoire of Shakespearean plays; in 
fact, his life has been devoted to theatri- 
cal business. The success of the Seattle 
theater since Mr. Howe assumed its 
management has been phenomenal and 
demonstrates the value of experience. 



FOR THE ALASKA TRADE, 



The Washing'ton and Alaska Steam- 
ship Company is entering very exten- 
sively into the Alaska trade this season. 
The pressing into service of the steam- 
ship Tacoma, recently engaged as a 



be seen that her carrying capacity 
will probab y exceed any other vessel 
engaged in the Nome trade. She will 
leave here May 25 on her first trip. 
One of the features about the vessel 
is the fact that she is ntted with a 
refriijerator plant in which can be 
stored fresh meat, and passengers 
can enjoy this to its fullest extent 
on the voyage of three thou- 
sand miles. 'Ihe plant has a 
capacity of fifty tons of ice per day, 
a very extensive concern. Besides the 
facilities for keeping cool she has nice- 
ly arranged baths and a hospital fitted 
up in case of any illness aboard. In 
addition to the steamship Tacoma the 
company have the steamships Farallon 
and City of Seattle, both of which ply 
between this city and points along 
Lynn Canal. The Farallon has nice 
accommodations for passengers. She is 
158 feet long, 34 feet beam, and will 
carry sixty first-class passengers and 
150 second-class, besides seventy tons 
of freight. She makes fortnightly trips 
between here and Skagway. The City 



142 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 




and has accommodations for 
600 passengers and 800 tons 
of freight. She is one of 
the most successful and 
popular steamers plying out 
of Seattle and her owners are 
exceedingly proud of her. Mr. 
C. Stewart, manager of the 



L>£J.7^^ff^//>'V 



of Seattle (the "Alaskan 
Flyer"), however, is the favor- 
ite of them all. She con- 
sumes seven days in making the 
round trip; although it fre- 
quently has been made by her 
in six and one-half days. She 
makes three round trips a 
month from this city, leaving 
practically every ten days. She 
is 245 feet long, 3S feet beam, 





These Two Fine Ships in Alaska 
Trade. 



Company, has general offices 
under the Seattle Hotel. 



Residence of J. K. calkkaitii, khi Fiiteentii Ave. North. 



SCHWABACHER 
HARDWARE COMPANY. 



Were it not for the fact 
that Seattle possesses es- 
tablishments like the 
Schwabacher Hardware 
Company, which is rated as 
one of the most substantial 
on the Pacific Coast, Seattle 
would not now be enjoying 
the very extensive 
wholesale trade it does. 
This company is one of tlie 
oldest in the ciiy, the date 
of their establishment 
reaching as far back as 1869 ; 
snd when it is stated that 
forty-two men find employ- 
ment in the store and they 
keep five men upon the road 
selling goods throughout 
the State of Washington 
and Northern Idaho, Mon- 
tana, British Columbia and 
into far away Alaska, some 
idea can be formed of the 
far-reaching influence of 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



143 



this big firm. In addition to their trade 
reaching over the territory named, they 
are also beginning to do business witli 
Hawaii, and in the near future trade 
relations with Oriental points will 
probably be established. A very 
excellent illustration is shown 
of the exterior of the building 
occupied, together with an in- 
terior view of the salesroom, which is 
devoted largely to the carrying on of 
a retail business. The building itself 
is 60x120 feet, four stories in height, 




A BIG WHOLESALE GROCERY HOUSE. 

When it is stated that Seattle pos- 
sesses one of the largest wholesale 
grocery houses on the Pacific Coast 
it is done without any fear of con- 
tradiction. The one referred to is that 
of Schwabacher Bros. & Co., incorpor- 
ated, an illustration of whose store 
is shown herewith. They are located 
at the corner of Occidental Avenue and 
Main Street. The building in which 
they are iucated is 120x111 
feet, four stories liigh, with 
a basement, the whole room 
I , being devoted to their own 
purposes as exclusive whole- 
salers. They give employ- 
ment in this establishment 
to sixty people, together 
with some eight men whom 
they keep traveling through- 
out the Northwestern coun- 
try, comprising Washington, 
Idaho, Montana and British 



5cmBHtitff sh"'} ■■ ivm^s//i£ a/fce/rs 



SCmMACH£/r'5 In/m/fF 



with a basement. An ell 
50x100 feet forms a portion 
and gives an outlet upon Yes- 
ler Way, the main entrance 
being upon First Avenue 
South. They also have a 
warehouse upon Railroad 
Avenue, which is 100x150 
feet in size, in which all heavy 
goods are stored, including 
heavy hardware, iron and 
steel and a general assortment 
of heavy goods The company 
carries everything in the line, 
both heavy and shelf hard- 
ware, ship chandlery, etc., 
marine, mill and lotrging sup- 
plies, the value of their stock running up 
into the thousands of dollars. The per- 
sonnel of the company is as follows: 
President, Sigismund Schwabacher; 
vice-president. James S. Goldsmith; 
secretary and treasurer, Sigismund 
Aronson; while George Boole is the 
general manager. In line with every 
other wholesale establishment in Se- 
attle, this company shows a very ex- 
tensive increase for last year over the 
previous year. 




Schwabacher Bros., the Big Grocers. 

Columbia, selling goods to the trade. 
They are the pioneers by many years in 
supplvingthe Alaska trade, havingagents 
permanently located in the principal 
points of Alaska. In addition to ev- 
erything in the grocery line, they have 
their own coffee plant, which is sec- 
ond to none on the Pacific Coast, in 
which they blend and roast and put up 
under their own brands, the very 
finest grades of coffee. This comes to 
them in the crude shape, direct from 



144 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



the plantations, and not through the 
usual channels which supply the or- 
dinary merchant. Very few larger es- 
tablishments can be 
found anywhere in the 
United ISiates than this 
one, and the fact of their 
great size and the influ- 
■ence they exert through- 
out this region of country 
gives ver}' great prestige 
to Seattle as a wholesale 
center. This firm is large 
enough to make very con- 
siderable inroads in form- 
ing trade relations with 
our neighbors across the 
Pacific when this trade is 
more thoroughly worked 
up. The personnel of the 
company is as follows : 



tie's solid, reliable business men ; a man 
of sterling qualities and unimpeachable 
integrity. Mr. Corcoran has been at 
the head of the Seattle 
Stock Kxchange since its 
inception and, owing to 
his firm stand for legiti- 
mate stock transactions 
and unyielding opposi- 
tion to "wild-catting" 
and stock jobbing he 
has cleared the open 
field of scores of con- 
scienceless brokers and 
stock manipulators, com- 
pelling them to seek cov- 
er, while, at the same 
time, his management 
has afforded a free and 
open trading field for 
meritorious stocks. 




Abraham Schwabacher, 
president; Jas. S. Gold- 
smith, vice-president; 
Sigismund, Aronson, sec- 
retary and treasurer. 
This house was originally 
established in 1869 by 
Mr. Bailey Gatzert, who 
until the time of his 
death, which occurred in 
1893. held the position of 
president of the com- 
pany. 



PRESIDENT STOCK 
EXCHANGE, 



Anthony Corcoran, members of the Schwabacher 
Presi'lent of the Stock hardware co. and schwabacher 
Exchange, is one of Seat- brothers. 



Mr. Corcoran has the 
courageof his convictions 
and, whenever convinced 
that fraudulent deals are 
incuV>ating, he promptly 
calls a halt on the perpe- 
trators, be they friend or 
foe, and the admonition 
does not pass unheeded, 
for while President Cor- 
coran is noted for his 
kindness, generosity and 
broad charities, he is in- 
flexible in all business 
requirements, and evil 
doers quickly learn that 
underneath the vel- 
vet glove is a hand of 
steel. Seattle can boast 
of many able business 
men, but none is more 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



H5 



eminently qualified for the position tlian 
is Anthony Corcoran as manager of the 
Stock Exchange. 



THE HOTEL BUTLER, 

The Hotel Butler, one of the lead- 
ing and best conducted hotels in the 
State, and which is owned by Messrs. 
Hamm & Schmitz, is an institution in 




Pomona, Cal. They formed a partner- 
ship, and with a combined capital of 
$500, opened a small coffee house. What 
they lacked in money they put forth 
in effort and the general superiority 
of the coffee they set forth soon com- 
pelled them to enlarge. They did this 
in 1888 by leasing the ground at the 
corner of Washington and Occidental 
Avenue, where Clossen & Kelly now 
have a drug store, and erecting a 
three-story building, 30xlL'O in 
size, in which they opened a 
bakery and restaurant. The 
following year, 1889, the fire 
destroyed the building, but in 
three days after the great con- 
flagration they were opened for 
business in a tent in Denny's 
orchard. Previous to the fire, 
however, they had bought the 
property on Pike street where 
the yno(iualmie Hotel now 
stands, and almost before the 
fire had burned itself out they 
had men at work [mtting up a 



which this city 
points to with no 
little pride It is 
thoroughly modern 
in every way and, 
although conduct- 
ed strictly upon the 
European plan, it 
has a grill room in 
connection which 
rivals anything on 
the Coast. The 
block that now 
forms the hotel was 
originally built for 
an office building, 
but in 1894 the 
present proprietors 
converted it into 
what has since be- 
come the most pop- 
ular hotel in the 



The Schwabacher Hardware Co. 



Northwest. What 



perhaps is the most interesting part of 
the Hotel Butler is the strong person- 
ality of the two men who have made it 
what it is today. It was in 1887 that 
Messrs. Hamm and Schmitz came to 
this city, the former from the Driard 
Hotel in Victoria, and the latter from 



building K0xl20 feet, three stories in 
height. This Mas finislied in the fall 
!ind openpd for business in NoveTnV)er. 
They continued to run this place until 
1891, when they sold the property to 
O'Shea Bros, of Portland for $67,000. 
Then they took possession of the Arl- 
ington, now the PostofRce Block. The 



146 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



hard times incident to the panic of 1893 
made hotel business very unprofitable, 
particularly so for a house so far up 
town. It was during this time that 
the Seattle Saloon, now the Suther- 
land, was acquired and which Mr. 
Hamm managed. In 1894 a deal was 
finally consummated with Henry H. 
Schufeldt, of Wisconsin, by which the 



demands made upon them, and no one 
works harder or more faithfully than 
they. Because of this they have reaped 
a reward which justly entitles them to 
distinction. No one in Seattle stands 
higher than the proprietors of the But- 
ler nor have two men in Seattle made 
a greater success in business than 
they. 




The Hotel Butler — Hamm & Schmitz, Proprietors. 



Butler, then an office block, was se- 
cured, and the Arlington was given up 
and both partners threw their whole 
energies into creating a new hotel, 
such as they readily saw was soon to 
be needed. It cost them $50,000 to 
make the changes required, to say 
nothing of the money it cost to fur- 
nish the house, but when it was finally 
thrown open to the public it began its 
popular career and its big business has 
never abated from that day to this. 
Both gentlemen are keenly alert to the 



The grill room, which is justly cele- 
brated, is supplied with all the best of 
everything. For instance, the meat 
used Is all Eastern corn-fed stock, and 
sold as strictly No. 1 quality. This is 
the reason the meat at the Butler 
tastes as good as it does. Everything 
else is in the same proportion. 

In addition to the Hotel Butler, 
Messrs. Hamm & Schmitz own the 
celebrated Hotel Butler fancy stock 
farm, located five miles from the city, 
upon which they have the finest blood- 



SEATTLIC AND THE ORIENT. 



147 



ed cattle to be found in America. Tliey 
have a herd of Diirhanis, Ayrshires and 
Jerseys. A recent Ayrshire bull was 
received from the stock farm of J. J. 
Hill, of the Great Northern, that cost 
them $800. They also have some Jer- 
seys from the noted ranch of W. W. 
Sweeney of Oak Harbor. They have 
150 acres of fine bottom land, all im- 
proved, with good farm houses and 
all under a high state of cultivation, 
which makes it the best stock ranch 
in the West. 
Both gentlemen own much valuable 



She has a tonnage of 2500 tons and can 
accommodate 1000 passengers. She 
was purchased last fall by S. G. Simp- 
son and associates and at once put in 
the hands of boiler makers and repair- 
ers so that now she is like a new ship. 
Over $50,000 has been expended in fit- 
ting her up especially for the Alaskan 
trade. F. A. Bell & Company, who will 
be the general agents of the ship, will 
also act as agents of the Irrawady, a 
steamship of 3500 tons, also to go in 
the Alaska service. In conjunction 
with these two big ships the steamer 




The Steamer Oregon. 



real estate in the city. Mr. Schmitz is a 
director in the First National Bank. 
He owns his fine home at the corner 
of Eleventh Avenue and Madison 
Street, while Mr. Hamm owns the 
house he occupies at the corner of 
Terry Avenue and James Street. 



WILL SAIL IN THE NOME TRADE, 

The fine steamship Oregon will soon 
sail for Cape Nome and take part in 
the great rush soon to be on for the 
greatest gold country the West has 
ever seen. The Oregon will be the fin- 
est of the fleet to sail out of Seattle. 



Discovery, having passenger accommo- 
dations for 100 persons, will he oper- 
ated as a feeder between St. Michael, 
Cape Nome and Cape York. The big 
ships will sail from this city on a reg- 
ular schedule, the Oregon sailing May 
10 and the Irrawady on May 25. Be- 
sides these sailing vessels Bell & Com- 
pany will be agents for the barks Mer- 
maid and Vega and schooners Thos. F. 
Bayard, all three of which will engage 
in freighting to Alaska. 

A new wharf is just being completed 
for the use of these vessels, just north 
of Madison Street. It will be 500 feet 
long and can accommodate any vessel 



I^ 



SEATTI.E AND THE ORIENT. 



which comes to this port. A railroad 
track will be laid along this dock so 
that freight can be loaded from the 
cars right into the ships, thus saving 
shippers both delay and expense in 
shipping goods to Alaskan points. 



THE WHOLESALE DRUG TRADE, 



The wholesale drug trade of Seattle 
practically lies in the hands of the 
Stewart & Holmes Drug Co. They 




V^i/'/v /^i^"°f? 







T'' 






^^ll 


"*? 


*i! 


^ipB 


£i 


*'C?! 


11 




'^l^jf 


ijf- 


rr 


r 


rl&l'ifl 


I ■ 


Bit 


1 


T 

•^ 


£1 


j8m 




1 




El 




jtej 


151 


B 



^A/z-zf/o/f STEW/iffrf//'>/./<^i:.t, Djwi 4\ 





The Wholesale and'Retail Drug House of Stewart & Holmes Drug Co. 



The fleet of vessels which Bell & 
Company will be general agents for will 
undoubtedly become popular with peo- 
ple who will have business relations 
with Alaska. 



occupy premises at No. 627 First ave- 
nue and utilize the six-story and two 
basement building 30x110 feet in size. 
Their establishment dates back to 1882, 
and shows a history of one continuous 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



149 



rise from that day to this. The vol- 
ume of their trade at present reaches 
very enormous proportions, and last 
year showed an increase of 25 per cent 
over the previous year. The company, 
in addition to their wholesale trade, 
conduct one of the largest retail stores 
on the first floor of their premises to 
be found in the Northwest. The goods 
which are handled comprise every arti- 
cle known to the drug trade. In or- 



THE NORTHWEST FIXTURE CO, 



What is probably the largest elec- 
trical supply concern on the Coast has 
its headquarters in this city. Refer- 
ence is made to the Northwest Fixture 
Company, a picture of whose l)ig store 
is shown in connection with this arti- 
cle. They occupy the entire four 
stories of the building at 1018 First 




S" 



N 



\ 



\ 



fl ril I1 - ^^^"^ 



i '. I 



J 




Exterior of Building Occupied by the Northwest Fixture Co. 



der to reach the territory in which 
they do business, four traveling men 
are employed, and they reach all parts 
of Washington, Eastern Oregon, Idaho 
and a portion of British Columbia and 
well up into Alaska. Forty people are 
given employment in the various de- 
partments of their business in this 
city. The officers of the company are: 
A. B. Stewart, president; H. E. Holmes, 
vice-president, and A. M. Stewart, sec- 
retary. 



Avenue and three floors in the Starr 
building across the street, making a 
total of 27,000 square feet of floor space 
utilized for salesroom, storage and 
manufactory. The company handle 
everything in the line of electrical ma- 
chinery, such as elevators, dynamos, 
motors and electrical supplies in gen- 
eral. These include telephone outfits, 
electric wire and the thousand and one 
articles that are used in electrical con- 
struction. 



I50 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



In their factory the company manu- 
facture motors of all kinds, search- 
lights and many other articles in which 
electricity takes a prominent part. The 
company carry everything in the shape 
of electric and gas fixutres, their stock 
being the most complete in the North- 
west and consists of only the very 
latest and most elaborate designs such 
as called for in artistic furnishings. 
So complete is their stock that it i? 
unnecessary to call upon Eastern 
houses for goods of this cha-racter. 
They practically supply the entire state 
in the goods they handle, and their 



realizing the rapid improvements and 
necessities of this territory in their 
particular line of goods, considered it 
advisable to have an Eastern office to 
work in conjunction with the home es- 
tablishment at Seattle and, therefore, 
while there he opened an office at 26 
Cortlandt Street, Havemeyer building, 
and placed in charge Mr. C. J. Purdy, 
a man experienced in all lines of elec- 
trical works, as well as engines, boil- 
ers, etc., used in conjunction with elec- 
tric lighting plants, and they are now 
prepared to take up with their Eastern 
correspondent all matters pertaining to 




Property of Yesler Estate, Incorporated. 
Intel section Yesler Way and Second Avenue. 



electrical machinery goes pretty gen- 
erally over the entire Coast. They do, 
in this particular, a very extensive 
business with Alaska and the whole of 
the Northwest Territory. 

Another article which they handle in 
extensive quantities are grates and 
mantels. Their stock of this line is 
very heavy and so varied in assort- 
ment as to enable them to furnish 
practically any design called for. 

A. L. Kasson, president and manager 
of the Northwest Fixture Company, 
who recently returned from an extend- 
ed trip throughout the East, and 



electrical supplies, such as station 
plants, railroad supplies and all other 
materials. 

In their home office and show rooms, 
1018 First Avenue, in addition to the 
enumerations made above, they carry 
a full line of incandescent lamps, glass 
and porcelain insulators, oak pins and 
brackets, marine and underwriters' 
wire, sockets, receptacles, continuous 
battery cells, push buttons, Edison-La- 
lande batteries, and all kinds of 
switches, incandescent gas lamps and 
supplies. All visitors always receive a 
cordial welcome. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



151 



They have recently added to their re- 
pair shop many improvements and are 
prepared to repair or rebuild any kind 
of electic dynamos, motors and arc 
lamps, and will send out competent 




BUTTERWORTH & SONS, UNDERTAKERS. 



Sons (incorporated), undertakers and 
expert embalmers, doing business at 
1426-28 Third avenue, is one of the 
most reliable institutions of its kind 
on the Coast. The members of the 
firm are E. R. 
Butterwort h 
and Ills three 
sons, G. M., 
Charles N. and 
Fred R. But- 
terwort h. A 
valued em- 
ploye and as- 
sistant in the 
working force 
is Nathan An- 
derson. 

Mr. Butter- 
worth and his 
sons have been 
in the under- 
taking busi- 
ness in Seattle 
duringthepast 
eight years 
and have been 
rest dents of 
the SI ate for 
eighteenyears. 
They come of 



electricians to 
oversee the con- 
struction or in- 
stalling of elec- 
trical machin- 
ery or telephone 
stations. 

This being es- 
sentially a Seat- 
tle enterprise, 
and as they are 
carrying a large 
and c o m p lete 
assortment in 
their various 
lines, the people 
of Seattle and 
the Northwest 
Territory can- 
not do better 
than to give 
them a call and 
get estimates on 
such work as 
they may re- 
quire from time 
to time. 




E, R, BUTTERWORTH & SONS. 



The firm of E. R. Butterworth & 



Interior Chapel, Butterworth & Sons, Undertakers. 



good old New England stock . Both man- 
agement and detail of the business is at- 
tended to by the working force 
enumerated. The reputation as skilled 
embalmers which this company has 



152 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



earned is not excelled by any house trons, as may be desired. The com- 

in the West. Their expert embalming pany leaves nothing undone that can 

is performed either at their establish- j ■, i. n, «= • « xu ■ 

ment or at the residence of their pa- ^'^^^ *« ^^^ efficiency of their service. 




l)FFICE OF BUTTERWORTH & SONS, UNDERTAKERS. 




The Public Library Building. 
The property belongs to the Yesler Estate, Incorporated, 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



153 



PROPERTY OF YESLER ESTATE, IN^ 
CORPORATED, 

TheYesler Estate, Incorporated, owns 
four very conspicuous pieces of Seattle 
real estate. It comprises the Pioneer 
Building, the building occupied by tlie 
Scandinavian- American Bank, the three- 
story stone structure at intersection of 
Yesler and Second avenue and the prop- 



erty which is now used as the Public 
Library. Illustrations are shown of each 
of these. The oflicers of the Yesler Es- 
tate, Incorporated, are as follows: G. 
Poncin, President; Morris McMicken, 
secretary ; Jacob Furth, treasurer, and J. 
B. McDougal, vice-president. Witli C. 
F. Munday, these gentlemen comprise 
the directors. 



SOME WELL KNOWN MEMBERS OF THE LEGAL 

PROFESSION, 



JUDGE THOMAS BURKE, 
Judge Thomas Burke of Seattle was 
born in Clinton County, New York, in 
1849. From the time he was 11 years 



McGilvra, then United States District 
Attorney for the Territory. In 1876 
Mr. Burke was elected Probate Judge 





t ■ ' 


■ 


-A-: -- -- -- - --- .-- — i- 




JUDiiE Thomas Burke. 

old he cared for himself and provided 
the means for his own education by 
farm work between terms of school, 
and later as a school teacher. He 
graduated at the Ypsilanti (Michigan) 
Seminary in 1870 and attended the 
Ann Arbor University for two years, 
during which time he also studied 
law. He was admitted to the bar at 
Marshall, Mich., in 1874, and filled the 
office of City Attorney at that place 
for one year. 

Young Burke came to Seattle in 1875, 
when it was a struggling city of but 
1200 inhabitants, and at once formed 
a law partnership with Judge John J. 



Thomas F. Shepherd. 
Of the law firm of Burke, Shepherd & McGilvra 

of King County and reelected in 1878. 
He was a member of the Territorial 
Board of Education and chairman of 
the Board of Education for Seattle. 
The Judge was a prime mover in the 
adoption by Seattle of the best and 
most modern style of school buildings. 
He was a leader in the Democratic 
party in King County and the Terri- 
tory between 1881 and 1883, and was 
nominated for Congress. Although he 
received a large complimentary vote 
and ran far ahead of his ticket, he 
failed in being elected as he belonged 
to the minority party. 

In 1887 he was one of the chief or- 



•54 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



ganizers and promoters of the Seattle, 
Lake Shore & Eastern Railroad. After 
135 miles of the road were built and 
in operation it was absorbed by the 
Northern Pacific. Judge Burke re- 
mained in the directorate and as attor- 
ney for the road till its purchase by the 
Northern Pacific. He also assisted in 
the organization of the Seattle & Mon- 
tana Railroad and worked successfully 
for the selection by the Great North- 
•ern Railroad of Seattle for its Western 
terminus. He was retained as counsel 
for the Washington department of the 
•Great Northern Railroad, which posi- 
tion he still fills. 

In 1887-88 two chief justices of the 
Territory died in quick succession and, 
there being a great plethora of busi- 
ness on the docket, the members of 
the bar petitioned President Cleveland 
to appoint Judge Burke to the bench 
made vacant by death. He was forth- 
with appointed, but accepte'd with the 
■express understanding that he might 
resign when the bulk of the work was 
completed. His resignation came in 
1889, he having served with honor to 
himself and to the eminent satisfac- 
tion of the bar and public. 

The Judge has been a constant in- 
vestor in real estate since settling in 
Seattle, and has made a number of 
valuable improvements, the crowning 
one being the completion, in 1891, of 
the magnificent seven-story brick and 
stone structure at the corner of Sec- 
ond Avenue and Marion Street, the 
Burke Block, costing $260,000. 

Judge Burke was married in 1880 to 
Miss Carrie E. McGilvra, the daugh- 
ter of his old law partner, Hon. J. J. 
McGilvra. Throughout his long resi- 
dence in Seattle the Judge has been 
an active factor in the city's growth 
and welfare. He has had a number of 
law partners — Judge McGilvra, U. M. 
Raisen and G. Morris Haller. He is 
now a member of the firm of Burke, 
Shepard & McGilvra, with offices in 
the Burke Block. 



BALLINGER, RONALD & BATTLE. 

The law firm of Ballinger, Ronald & 
Battle was formed in September, 1897, 
■by R. A. Ballinger, J. T. Ronald and Al- 
fred Battle. They handle a large general 
practice in both the State and Federal 
Courts. Each individual member of 
the firm was distinguished in his pro- 
fession before the formation of the 



partnership. Mr. Ronald is an ex- 
mayor of Seattle, ex-prosecuting attor- 
ney of King County and holds an en- 
viable position as a criminal lawyer 
as well as a general practitioner. Mr. 
Ballinger has served with credit on the 
Superior bench in the State, while Mr. 
Battle has acted as Superior Judge pro 
tem in a number of very important 
cases. 

The firm ranks among the strongest 
in the State. Their suite of oflflces in 
the Mutual Life Building is not ex- 
celled. 

Judge R. A, Ballinger. 

Judge R. A. Ballinger is a graduate 
of Williams College, Massachusetts. 
He afterward lived in Chicago, in 
which city he studied law and was ad- 
mitted to the bar. For a while after 
his admission he practiced law in the 
State of Illinois, and subsequently 
moved to Alabama, where he engaged 
in the practice of his profession. In 
1899 he located at Port Townsend, 
Wn. Here, by reason of his ability 
and cool discernment of facts, he 
quickly established a reputation as one 
of the ablest members of the bar. In 
1892 he was elected as Judge of the 
Superior Court of the State of Wash- 
ington for Jefferson County, and, by 
his good judgment, his aptness and his 
natural grasp of the salient points of 
the proposition involved, he quickly 
stepped to the front, became known as 
one of the ablest and safest judges on 
the bench of the State. No judge in 
the State can point to fewer reverses 
than Judge Ballinger. He was a model 
judge, and was frequently requested 
to hold court in different counties of 
the State. By this means he became 
widely and favorably known "both to 
the bar and to business men. Declin- 
ing a renomination in 1896, he trans- 
ferred his residence in 1897 to Seattle, 
where he found a broader field for the 
display of his magnificent talents. He 
is an indefatigable worker. Notwith- 
standing the arduous duties imposed 
by his olHce and the great research 
and diligence he brought to bear in ar- 
riving at his decisions, he found time 
during his term to study and thorough- 
ly familiarize himself with the Com- 
munity Property system — a system 
prevailing only in the Western States. 
He is a ready and strong writer. His 
diction and style of expression is un- 
excelled, and the dryest subject, un- 
der his pen, becomes interesting read- 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



155 



ing. It was while serving his term as 
judge that he wrote his work, "Bal- 
linger's Community Property." the 
only book extant on the subject, It 
has been reviewed by the ablest minds 
of the country and has stood the test. 
He is quoted by all the Supreme Courts 
of the community property States as 
extensively as any text book writer 
since its production. After completing 
this work, which of itself is a vast un- 
dertaking, this tireless student under- 
took the compilation and annotation 
•of the Statutes of the State of Wash- 
ington. He compiled what is readily 
acknowledged by the bench and bar 
to be one of the best annotated codes 
in existence. The last Legislature of 
the State of Washington adopted "Bal- 
linger's Annotated Code and Statutes" 
as the official code of the State of 
Washington. After completing this 
work he was offered by one of the larg- 
est law book publishing houses of the 
country, a large sum of money to 
write a work on "Federal Procedure," 
but he declined this flattering offer 
in order that he might enter upon the 
practice of his profession. Upon en- 
tering actively into this practice, he 
immediately went to the head and took 
rank with the ablest and best lawyers 
of the Northwest; in fact, it is doubt- 
ful whether, as a practitioner in the 
Admiralty and Maritime Courts, he has 
a superior at the bar. He is yet but 
in the prime of life, being only 40 
years of age. If the past success is a 
criterion of the future, the prospect 
for Judge Ballinger is a very promising 
one. 



suit for the city. He next won the suit 
for the city brought by the Oregon Im- 
provement Company involving the 
right and title to a portion of certain 
street property. Other cases, includ- 
ing those arising out of the adoption 
of the Freeholders' Charter, came up 
in rapid succession, in all of which Mr. 
Battle took a conspicuous part, and re- 
sulted in his becoming the logical 
candidate for Corporation Counsel in 
the election following. He did not seek 
office, but, accepting nomination, he 
made the race, but notwithstanding 
he received several hundred more votes 
than the combined votes of the com- 
bined parties (Democrats and Munici- 
pal League) nominating him, the en- 




Alfred Battle, 



Alfred Battle. 



Alfred Battle was born in Texas, 
where he studied law and was admit- 
ted to the bar. He came to Seattle in 
1888. The great fire of 1889 wiped out 
most of his fine library and office fur- 
niture, which was uninsured. Follow- 
ing the fire, the remodeling and re- 
grading of streets in Seattle involved 
the municipality in endless and heavy 
litigation and Mr. Battle was em- 
ployed by the city to assist the Cor- 
poration Counsel. One of the first 
cases of this kind was that 'brought by 
the Seattle Gas and Electric Light 
Company vs. the city to recover $100.- 
000 for damages alleged to have been 
sustained by reason of the change in 
street grading. Mr. Battle won this 



tire Republican ticket was elected. 
During his ten years" practice at the 
Seattle bar he has been employed in 
many important suits, among which 
may be mentioned the notable suit of 
Dexter Horton & Co. vs. Sayward, in- 
volving the Port Madison Mill prop- 
erty; the franchise of the consolidat- 
ed street railways in Seattle, in which 
he was employed by the petitioners. 

Beginning with the month of Feb- 
ruary, 1896, Mr. Battle represented pos- 
sibly four-fifths of the litigated cases 
and proceedings relative to the Seat- 
tle tide lands. Since 1896, in fact, he 
has made a specialty of the tide land 
litigation, which, together with cor- 
poration and municipal legislation, has 



156 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



constituted the larger part of his prac- 
tice. 

J. T, Ronald, 

J. T. Ronald has been a resident of 
Seattle since 1882, when the city had 
but about 4000 inhabitants. He came 
to Washington from California, where 
he had been engaged in school teach- 
ing for seven years, during which 
period he studied law and was admit- 
ted to the bar. Mr. Ronald was born In 
Missouri and is a typical Missourian, 
standing six feet three and one-half 
inches in height, with erect figure and 
open countenance. When he goes in 
for a legal sci'ap it is no "fake," but 
must be to the finish. He has been 
engaged in some of the longest and 
hardest fought cases that have ever 
been litigated in King County courts. 

In 1883 Mr. Ronald was appointed 
Deputy Prosecuting Attorney for the 
Third Judicial District of Washington 
Territory, which comprised all the 
counties north of Pierce in Puget 
Sound. It was during this period that 
he made a record for himself in clear- 
ing out vice and crime in various 
forms. He was in 1884 elected to the 
office of Prosecuting Attorney for the 
counties of King, Kitsap and Snohom- 
ish, and again re-elected in 1886. He 
was incumbent of this oflJice during the 
troublous times attending the "Chinese 
riots" and murders of Chinamen in 
King County, Squak Valley. The re- 
form elements of Seattle elected him 
Mayor of the city in 1892, which office 
he held with credit for one term. Mr. 
Ronald was at the state convention of 
Democrats at Olympia in 1892 nomi- 
nated for Congress, but refused to ac- 
cept, as he considered an injustice had 
been done King County in regard to 
the Lake Washington Canal. Mr. 
Ronald is one of the leading members 
today at the King County bar. 



L. C. GILMAN- 

L. C. Oilman of the law firm of Pres- 
ton, Carr & Oilman, with offices in the 
Pioneer building, occupies a very 
prominent position among the legal 
fraternity of this state. Few men have 
a larger law practice or are more high- 
ly regarded than Mr. Oilman. This 
position has been entirely created by 
himself since taking up his residence 
in this city. He moved to Seattle in 
1884 from Bangor, Maine. He received 
his education at the Maine Central 



Institute. His legal education was re- 
ceived in New York. At the time he 
arrived in this city there was but lit- 
tle here, save a large amount of energy 
on the part of those already here ta 
do something. Mr. Oilman was not 
behind the others in energy, and began 
to labor as hard as any one for his new 
home. That it counted goes without 
saying. As a public-spirited citizen he 
deserves a full measure of credit and 
can take no little pride in what has 
been done by this city during the six- 
teen years he has lived here. In 1887 
he was elected city attorney, a position 
which he filled with credit to himself. 
In 1893 he was a member of the legis- 
lature from this county and was con- 




L, C. GILMAN. 

sidered to be one of the most active 
and valuable members from this coun- 
ty. The present firm of which he is a 
member was organized in 1897. Mr. 
Oilman has, in addition to a very gen- 
eral practice, a very heavy amount of 
business for corporations to look after, 
and is probably one of the most active 
members of the bar in this county to- 
day. 



S, H. PILES. 

S. H. Piles, who is the senior member 
of the law firm of Piles, Donworth & 
Howe, who have offices in the Burke 
block, this city, has lived in Seattle 
since 1886. He first removed to Puget 
Sound in 1883 and took up his resi- 
dence at Snohomish. Mr. Piles is a 



se:atti.e and the orii^nt. 



157 



native of Kentucky, in which State he 
was admitted to practice law. In 1895 
he was appointed general counsel for 
the Pacific Coast Steamship Company, 
now called the Pacific Coast Company. 
Prior to his appointment he was in 
partnership with J. T. Ronald, one of 
the distinguished members of the Se- 
attle bar, and in April of last year the 




the Bay State and was born in 1861 
After graduating at Phillips Exeter 
Academy of New Hampshire, he took 
a course at Harvard College and later 
a special law course at the Harvard 
Law School. He was admitted to the 
bar in Massachusetts in 188.5. Mr. Fay 
has practiced in the Supreme Courts of 
the States of Massachusetts, Nevada, 
Oregon and Washington, as well as in 
the United States Supreme Court. He 
was Clerk of the Nevada Senate in the 
winter of 1889. 

In politics Mr. Fay was a Republican 
until the silver question compelled him, 
in loyalty to his convictions, to join the 
Fusion forces, where he became a bold 
and aggressive leader from the very 
start. In the Legislature following the 
success of the Fusion forces, Mr. Fay's 
name was frequently mentioned in 
connection with the United States Sen- 
atorship, although at no time did he 
place himself on record as a candidate. 
Later Governor Rogers appointed him 
a regent of the University of Washing- 
ton, which position he held until a 
difference with the executive led to his 
retirement. Mr. Fay is credited by 
men of all political creeds with having 
the courage of his convictions, for had 
he chosen to remain a member of the 



S. H. Piles. 



firm of Piles, Donworth & Howe was 
organized, and one of the strongest 
legal firms in the State of Washington 
was thereby perfected. While Mr. 
Piles himself has never held nor sought 
office of any kind, he has always been 
an ardent and active politician, and 
none stands higher in the councils of 
the Republican party today than he 
does. He is a man of very strong 
personality and has few equals among 
the strong legal force which consti- 
tutes the bar of this State. 



JOHN P, FAY, 

Hon. John P. Fay occupies an envi- 
able position among the prominent 
lawyers of the State. As an eloquent 
public speaker, Mr. Fay has few peers 
in logic and oratory. While he does 
a general law business, his practice is 
principally confined to corporation 
matters. In the short space of time 
since coming to Seattle — the spring of 
1899 — Mr. Fay has built up a large and 
lucrative law business, and has pros- 
pered accordingly. He is a native of 




John P, Fay. 

dominant party in the Nation and 
State he could have easily and quick- 
ly attained to high political distinc- 
tion. 



158 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



JUDGE MILO A. ROOT. 

Judge Milo A. Root is one of the best 
known lawyers in the state. He came 
to the Territory of Washington in 1883, 
entering the practice of law at Olym- 
pia, where he was subsequently twice 
elected Probate Judge and twice Prose- 
cuting Attorney. In 1897 he formed a 
law partnership with ex-Chief Justice 
Hoyt and located in Seattle. He is 
now by himself in offices in the New 
York Block. That his legal career has 




Judge Milo A. Root. 

been a successful one is abundantly 
evidenced by the court records and 
published law reports. 

Judge Root was born in Bureau 
County, 111., Jan. 22, 1863, removing to 
the State of New York in 1876, where 
he was educated principally at Albion 
and Albany. In 1890 he married Miss 
Anna Lonsdale, a daughter of the late 
Dr. R. H. Lonsdale, who was one of 
Washington Territoir's earliest pio- 
neers and a friend and official associ- 
ate of Gen. Isaac Stevens, first Gov- 
ernor of the territory. 

Judge Root is a member of several 
fraternal orders; a Congregationalist 
in church matters, and a Republican in 
politics. 



JAY C. ALLEN, 

Jay C. Allen, who occupies a promi- 
nent position with the legal fraternity 
of Seattle as a member of the law 
firm of Allen & Allen, with offices in 
the Dexter Horton Bank building, has 



probably made as rapid rise and pro- 
nounced success for himself as any 
young man now prominently before 
the public. He was born July 3, 1869, 
at the Kentucky Military Institute^ 
near Frankfort, Kentucky, which was 
founded in 1846 by his grandfather, 
R. T. P. Allen. When quite young his. 
family moved to Florida. He after- 
wards attended the Military Institute, 
from which he graduated in the year 
1885, taking the course of bachelor of 
arts. His standing was second in a 
class of about forty, and he was the 
youngest of the number. His grade, 
however, was a fraction over 9.8 of a 
possible 10. After his graduation he 
entered the law office of his father, 
where he studied law continuously un- 
til 1889, when he removed to this city. 
Shortly after his arrival here he was 
appointed deputy sheriff for King 
County by John H. McGraw, the then 
sheriff, and remained in such position 
until the expiration of Mr. McGraw's 
term of office. In 1890 he was admitted 
to practice law, and at once formed 
a copartnership with his father. John 




Jay C. Allen. 

H. Allen, and John Powell, under the 
firm name of Allen & Powell. In 1897 
Mr. Powell retired and the firm con- 
tinued under the name of Allen & 
Allen as at present. Mr. Allen is a 
member of the Superior and Supreme 
Courts and of the United States Cir- 
cuit Court, and the District Courts of 
this State and of the United States Cir- 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT, 



159 



cuit Court of Appeals of the Ninth 
Circuit. In politics he is a Democrat, 
and has been quite active in his party's 
interests since coming to this city. 
He is a member of the Knights of 
Pythias, Red Men and Foresters, and 
is one of the charter members of the 
Seattle Athletic Club. During Febru- 
ary of the present year he was mar- 
ried to Miss Jeanne M. Lynch of this 
city. 



WILMON TUCKER, 
Very few of the younger members 
of the Seattle bar occupy a more con- 
spicuous place than does Wilmon 
Tucker, who has offices in Dexter Hor- 
ton & Co.'s Bank Building. His prac- 
tice is of the very best class and of 
rfuch a character that it gives him very 
considerable prestige. 

Mr. Tucker was born on a farm in 
Crawford County, Iowa, June 17th, 
186S. He was educated in the public 
schools of Iowa and in the Normal 
School at Shenandoah, of the same 
State. After attending the Normal 
School for a period of two years, he 
took up teaching in the public schools 
for some little time. In 1887 he en- 




and on December 9th, 1892, was admit- 
ted to practice by the courts of this 
State. He has always had to make 
his own way and began life for him- 
self at the age of 14, and from that day 
to this has had to rely entirely upon 
his own unaided efforts. Since his ad- 
mission in 1892, he has been actively 
engaged in practice, and has built up 
a very lucrative business. Two years 
ago he formed a partnership with Ivan 
L. Hyland, late City Attorney of Bal- 
lard, a partnership which still exists. 
Mr. Tucker has been leading counsel 
in the famous damage case of Taylor 
vs. City of Ballard, and has conducted 
a great many other important cases 
in King County. 

He was married on October 14, 1897, 
to Miss Lilian Snoke, and his resi- 
dence is on Thirty-fourth Avenue, over- 
looking the lake. Politically he is a 
Democrat. He has always been very 
active in the councils of the party 
since 'he became old enough to vote. 
He attaches more importance to busi- 
ness, however, than to politics, and as 
a consequence can be found pretty con- 
stantly attending to his own affairs. 



JOHN K, BROWN. 




Wilmon Tucker. 



John K. Brown. 



tered the law office of R. Show Van 
of Denison, la., where he studied for 
a year. In 1888 he went to Aurora, 
Neb., and entered the office of E. J. 
Hainer, one of Nebraska's leading 
lawyers, and one of her late Congress- 
men. In 1890 he moved to Seattle and 
entered the office of John H. Elden, 



John K. Brown was born December 
14th. 1852, at Buffalo, N. Y. He at- 
tended private schools in that city until 
he entered Yale University, where he 
graduated in 1872. He studied law in 
Buffalo in the offices of Messrs. Will- 
iams & Potter, and was admitted to 
the bar at the general term of the 



i6o 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



Fourth Department, of the Supreme 
Court of the State of New York in 
October, 1876. He immediately went 
to Virginia City, Nev., where he resid- 
ed until 1882. While in Virginia City 
he was engaged in the practice of hid 
profession and held the offices of Jus- 
tice of the Peace and Assistant District 
Attorney. After a short residence in 
San Francisco he returned to Buffalo, 
where he remained until October, 1889, 
when he came to Seattle, where he has 
since resided and been engaged in the 
practice of his profession. In March, 
1896, he was elected Corporation Coun- 
sel of the city and served as such for 
two years. Among cases of importance 
in which he has been engaged may be 
mentioned the litigation resulting 
from the failure of the Spring Hill 
Water Company to pay its bonds when 
its plant was sold to the city; the case 
of Faulkner against the city of Seat- 
tle, in which was finally determined 
the validity of the ordinance authoriz- 
ing the construction of the Cedar River 
water system, and the cases in the 
Supreme Court of the United States in- 
volving the validity of the taxes levied 
by the city upon shares of national 
banks. 



DANIEL KELLEHER, 




Daniel Kelleher. 

Daniel Kelleher, a member of the 
prominent law firm of Bausman, Kelle- 
her & Emory, was born in Middle- 
boro, Mass., February 5th, 1864, and 
educated in the public schools of that 
State. He was prepared at the Bridge- 



water High School for Harvard Col- 
lege, which latter institution he en- 
tered in 1881. After spending four years 
at Harvard he graduated in the class 
of 1885. He then went to Syracuse, 
N. Y., where, as a private tutor, he 




Will H. Parry. 



Councilman-at-Iarge and ex-City Comptroller. 
Mr. Parry is now associated with the large ship- 
building concern of Moran Bros. Co. 



prepared boys for Harvard. At Syra- 
cuse he was admitted to the bar. In 
March, 1890, he left Syracuse for Seat- 
tle, and in March, 1890, formed a law 
partnership with G. Meade Emory, a 
graduate of Cornell University, who 
came West with him from Syracuse. 
A year later the firm took in as its 
senior partner Frederick Bausman, 
who received his legal education at 
the Harvard Law School. In the past 
ten years the firm has been engaged 
in very active and important business 
and has conducted much important 
litigation in the different courts of the 
State. Mr. Kelleher takes an active 
interest in political affairs and is a 
member of many of the prominent so- 
cial clubs of the city. Though taking 
a prominent part in the councils of the 
Democratic party, he is averse to hold- 
ing political office of any kind. Tlie 
firm have built for themselves a large 
and lucrative law practice. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



i6i 



" MORRISON'S." 

J. W. Morrison's palace of enter- 
tainment, at 621-623 First Avenue, Se- 
attle, has no peer on the Pacific Coast 
in point of elegance and completeness 
in appointment and furnishings. No 



leading fresco artist of Berlin, Ger- 
many, has drawn liberally on his gen- 
ius and skill in decorating the walls 
ceiling and vestibule, where may be 
seen realistic paintings of Puget Sound 
and Alaska scenery, done in oil all 
harmoniously grouped and blended. 
The six billiard 
and pool tables 
are the finest in 
the city. The 
bar is a wealth 
of massive carv- 
ing in oak and 
naahogany, 
French plate 
mirrors and the 
atest designs in 
cut glass. Only 
the choicest 
brandsof liquors 
and cigars, serv- 
ed by competent 




one who has view- 
ed the beautifully 
frescoed, spacious 
billiard parlorsand 
magnificent bar 
will attempt to con- 
trovert this state- 
ment. "Morri- 
son's" is truly an 
ideal in high art 
and beauty of de- 
sign. 

"Jim" Morrison, 
proprietor of this 
high-class estab- 
lishment, made his 
stake i n Alaska, 
where his wide ac- 
quaintance and 

universal popularity went hand in hand. 
He has unbounded" faith in Seattle and 
hence has spared neither wealth nor ef- 
fort in making his place the leading re- 
sort for gentlemen in the city, and, for 
that matter, in any city in the West. A 



Two Fine Interior Views of "Morrison's," the Swell Place of Seattle. 



mixologists, are to be found at Morri- 
son's. A splendid feature of the establish- 
ment is that no cards, boxes or kindred 
accessories find a place therein, the aim 
on the part of the proprietor being to 
preserve the gilt-edged reputation 



l62 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



which the establishment has so justly 
earned. A raised dais along two sides 
of the billiard parlor on which are 
rows of elegant oak easy chairs, aflord 
gentlemen an excellent opportunity to 



must see Morrison's to gain a concep- 
tion of its many admirable features, as 
a pen picture must fall far short of 
doing the subject justice. The ac- 
companying views give but a faint idea 



watch the tables and players. One of the artistic features of the place. 




Building of the Sunset Telephone and Telegraph Co. 
Third Avenue, Seattle. 



DR, EMIL BORIES, 

Emil Bories of Seattle, Wash., son 
of Herrman and Rosa (Freiman) Bor- 
ies, grandson of Joachin Bories, was 
born .July 12, 1852, at Auval, Province 
of Bohemia, Austria. He received his 
elementary education in the public 
schools at Sacramento, Cal., and Port- 
land, Or., and in private schools of 
San Francisco; later he attended the 
Portland Academy, under Prof. T. M. 
Gatch, and received the degree of A. M. 
from the Society of American Litera- 
ture and Arts, Buffalo, N. Y., in 1891. 
He commenced the study of medicine 



in 1875 at McMinnville, Or., under Dr. 
James T. Augur of that place, and Dr. 
H. R. Littlefield at Dayton, Wash. He 
attended four courses of medical lec- 
tures, three winter and one summer, 
at the Bellevue Hospital Medical Col- 
lege, New York City, and at the medi- 
cal department of the University of 
Vermont, receiving from the latter in- 
stitution the degree of M. D. in 1885. 
He immediately located in practice at 
Dayton, Wash., remaining there six 
years, and then removed to Snohomish, 
Wash.; but the climate, not agreeing 
with him, he returned after six months 
to Dayton, and in 1894 removed to Se- 



SEx\TTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



163 



attle. He served throughout the small- 
pox epidemics of Columbia County, 
Wash., in 1880, and along the Northern 
Pacific Railroad in Montana during its 
construction in 1881. He is a mem- 
ber of the Inland Empire Medical So- 
ciety, State Medical Society of Wash- 
ington, American Medical Association, 
National Association of Railway Sur- 




t)R. Emil Bories, 

geons, Pharmaceutical Association of 
Washington, registered pharmacist 
State of Washington, Delta Mu Medi- 
cal Society of Burlington. Vt., and is 
a medical licentiate of the States of 
Oregon, Vermont and California. He 
was resident surgeon of Washington 
& Columbia River Railway, ex-County 
Coroner, ex-City Health Officer, lec- 
turer on hygiene, physiology, chemis- 
try and anatomy, Dayton High School, 
and is medical examiner for several 
insurance associations and companies. 
He is a member of the Masonic frater- 
nit, including the higher degrees, Odd 
Fellows, Knights of Pythias and sev- 
eral other secret societies, and is spe- 
cial correspondent for several literary 
and current publications of Washing- 
ton and Oregon. He was a physician 
for Columbia County, Wash. Dr. Bor- 
ies is the author of a paper on "Per- 
manganate of Potassium in Rattle- 
snake Poisoning,'" Medical World, 
September, 1891; "Cocaine Hydrochlor- 
ate in Sea-sickness," Southern Califor- 
nia Practitioner, June, 1886; "Apomor- 
phia and Antipyrine in Asthma," Ibid., 



July, 1888; "Electrolysis in the Treat- 
ment of Wans," Philadelphia, October, 
1888, and numerous short articles and 
various formulae which have been pub- 
lished in the medical journals. He has 
also written a brochure on the impur- 
ities of drinking water. In 1891 he in- 
vented a stethoscope, intended, with 
the aid of electricity, to distinguish 
the sounds of the heart and other im- 
portant organs more clearly; the in- 
strument is not ready for general use. 
Dr. Bories married, October 14, 1890, 
at Baker City, Or., Miss Carrie Gunder- 
sheimer of that city. He has one child, 
a son, Henry Villard Bories. In 1895 
he was appointed lecturer on Pharma- 
cognosy, Materia Medica and Toxicol- 
ogy in the Department of Pharmacy, 
State Univei-sity, and was appointed 
in 1897 quarantine oflBcer for the port 
of Seattle. He is also medical exam- 
iner for several fraternal societies. 



J. D, LOWMAN, 



When J. D. Lowman came to Seattle 
in 1877 Seattle was rather an in- 
significant place. His uncle was the 




J. D. Lowman 

late H. L. Yesler, and after Mr. Low- 
man arrived here he took a position on 
Yesler's wharf, and looked after that 
institution for a period of two or three 
years, in the service of his uncle. At 
that time Yesler's wharf was practi- 
cally the only landing place in Seattle, 
and all ships and all the passengers 



164 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



from points on the Sound, to and from 
San Francisco, and the East landed at 
this dock. Subsequently he purchased 
a half interest in the book and station- 
ery business of Mr. Pumphrey and the 
firm was changed to Pumphrey & Low- 
man. After remaining together for 
two years he purchased Mr. Pumph- 
rey's interest and conducted the busi- 
ness alone for a couple of years. In 
1884, at the time Seattle began to grow 
very vigorously, he organized the Low- 
man & Hanford Printing and Station- 
ery Company, and still remains at its 
head. It is now one of the biggest 
stationery and printing concerns on 
the Coast. In 1885 he took active 
charge of H. L. Yesler's business, and 
was compelled to devote a great deal 
of time and attention to it, as the af- 
fairs were considerably involved. 
Through his efforts, however, the vari- 
ous interests were straightened out and 
the business put in a very satisfactory 
shape. In 1892 he organized the Se- 
attle Theatre Company, and is still at 
its head as president. He was also one 
of the owners of the Union Trunk Line 
Street Railway, which runs up James 
Street and thence out Broadway to 
the City Park, South to Beacon Hill 
and east to Madrona Park, one of the 
most considerable street car lines in 
the city. Subsequently he did much 
towards bringing about a consolidation 
of the various interests, which have 
since been consummated. It was he 
who did much towards carrying the 
Trunk Line through the depression 
which followed the panic of 1893, a 
period when nearly every enterprise 
here had a precarious existence. 

At the present time Mr. Lowman is 
looking after various large interests of 
his own, as well as considerable real 
estate matters which are entrusted to 
the firm of Lowman & Pelly, and for 
that purpose keeps an office in con- 
junction with Mr. Pelly in the Pioneer 
building. 



G, W, STETSON 



G. W. Stetson, president of the Stet- 
son-Post Mill Company, has a personal 
history very closely identified with the 
growth of Seattle, and one which is 
more than ordinarily interesting. He 
came West in 1864 from Waldo County, 
Penobscot Bay, Maine. He had learn- 
ed the millwright and bridge building 
business from his father, with whom 



he worked up to the time of his leav- 
ing home in that year. In following 
the advice of Horace Greeley, he landed 
in that year in Portland, Oregon, and 
his first undertaking was the building 
of the Ash Street dock for the old O. 
S. N. Company, and although but 19 
years of age, he was given charge 
of the work and remained there until 
it was completed. The dock today is 
one of the considerable institutions 
which line the Willamette River in the 
metropolis of Oregon. When this was. 
completed he drifted to Puget Sound, 
and having a thorough knowledge as 
a millwright, he secured a position with 
the Puget Sound Mill Company at Port 
Gamble, then, as now, owned by Cyrus 
Walker and Pope & Talbot. At that 
time mills were few and far between 
and practically the life which grew 




G. VV. Stktson. 



up about them was all there was to 
be found on Puget Sound. Mr. Stet- 
son remained with the company eleven 
years, seven of which he was foreman 
of the mill. This brought him up to 
the year 1875, when with the very 
small capital which he was enaljled to 
save he started a sash and door fac- 
tory on what is now Yesler Way in this 
city. After running it a year, or in 
1876, the mill was moved into its pres- 
ent location and a general milling 
business entered into. Its increase anc! 
its growth from that day to this has 
been the growth of the town, and what 
was then simply a waste of unim- 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



165 



proved tide flats lias now growa to be 
some of the most valuable property 
that lies within the incorporated limits 
of this city. At the inception of the 
mill company Mr. Post was taken into 
partnership, and the entire capital 
which was used in opening the business 
was in the neighborhood of $2400. 
Prior to the admission of the terri- 
tory as a state the tide flats upon 
which the mill is now located belonged 
to the Government, and those having 
made improvements were naturally ac- 
corded the flrst right to purchase these 
lands, upon the admission of tlie state. 
As they had been at work for a num- 
ber of years filling in about their mill, 
they were enabled to purchase tihe 
ground which they were occupying and 
have now nine acres in this tract, all 
of which has been improved as their 
business has progressed, until, as be- 
fore stated, it is among the most valu- 
able real estate within the city. Mr. 
Stetson occupies a very beautiful home 
on Beacon Hill, a picture of which is 
shown herewith. He bought it some 
five years ago from M. H. Young, since 
whidh he has made some considerable 
improvements in the way of additions, 



and it is considered one of the moat 
charming homes in that delightful sec- 
tion of the city. It commands a very 
pretty view of Elliott Bay and practi- 
cally of the whole water front looking 
north. Today Mr. Stetson is one of t!he 
most substantial men of Seattle, and 
the small capital with which he start- 
ed has increased from very inconsider- 
able proportions until he is rated as 
one of the very wealthy men of tlhis 
section. TIhe mill plant which he has 
built up has kept thoroughly abreast 
with the times and is considered to be 
one of the most modern and up to 
date mills in the country. His suc- 
cess has been due, however, to a thor- 
ough knowledge of ihis business and 
the closest attention to every detail, 
and although for a quarter of a cen- 
tury he has hardly missed a day from 
the usual routine of conducting a large 
milling enterprise, the fruits of his re- 
ward are nevertheless pleasant to con- 
template, not only by himself, but by 
those who are intimately asociated 
with him, and by the large number of 
personal friends whidh he Tias built 
up during the period in which he has 
been in actual business here. 



^^ .^ 



^^. 



^ 



.^ 



.£^^^/^|^i?Cp> 



i66 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 




IMIORTS AND EXPORTS IN THE ORIENTAL TkADK AS SliEN AT GREAT NORTHERN DOCKS, THIS CiTY. 



THE GREAT NORTHERN RAILWAY. 



The Great Northern Railway, one of 
the most extensive railway, systems in 
the world, having a Western terminus 
at Seattle and an Eastern terminus at 
Duluth and St. Paul, and, through its 
allied lines in New York, thus reaching 
from ocean to ocean, has done more 
for the settlement of the great West 
than any other single factor. It was 
built and operated as a business prop- 
osition, and as such is steadily proceed- 
ing to aid in developing the great nat- 
ural resources which are to be found 
in Washington. Not the least of this 
vast development lies in the trade yet 
to be developed with the Orient. The 
Great Northern was the first to see the 
possibilities in store for Seattle, its 
Western terminus, by opening a mar- 
ket in the countries bordering the Pa- 
cific, and has steadily pursued a policy 
which is now developing into very gen- 
erous proportions. The illustrations at 
the head of this article will afford an 
excellent idea of how generous this 
has already become. In one picture 
an interior of the Great Northern dock 
is shown. It shows 10,000 bales of 
Texas cotton which is waiting to be 
loaded upon the Oriental liner for eon- 
sumption by our Western neighbors. 
In another picture a perfect sea of Ori- 
ental merchandise is shown which has 
just been unloaded from an Oriental 
liner and which will be consumed in 
this country. It is thus we have an 
object lesson in building up trade rela- 
tions with the people who live just 
across the water from us. In order 
to make this trade assume the propor- 



tions which rightfully belong to it. the 
Great Northern is now having built 
two of the largest vessels ever con- 
structed. They will be big enough to 
carry the product in a single voyage 
of the combined capacity of 1,500 cars. 
With such facilities, and with the pos- 
sibilities in a country which has up- 
wards of 400,000,000 people, a faint idea 
can be formed of the future that lies 
just before Seattle, Puget Sound, and 
in fact the whole great state of Wash- 
ington. 

Every year there is sent to the Chi- 
nese Orient an enormous amount of 
flour, hardware, manufacturing ma- 
chinery, salted and canned salmon, 
condensed milk, structural iron and 
steel for railroad and other work, cot- 
ton, etc. Of these the states of Wash- 
ington and Oregon supply the flour. 
Within the last year or two the Chi- 
nese people have been brought face to 
face with the fact that China with its 
hundreds of millions of people has 
been outgrowing the ability of its soil 
to support its people. A commission 
appointed by the government to solve 
the problem recognized the advantages 
of the use of American flour and des- 
ignated that article as the most suit- 
able food to be added to the Celestial 
regimen. This has had the effect of 
increasing the consumption of Ameri- 
can flour in the Orient, but where bar- 
rels go now, there will be ship loads in 
the future, for it is only in the large 
cities that markets for this flour are 
now found. In the interior American 
flour is still unknown and it is these 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



167 



markets which the manufacturer must 
reach. It is here that the millions of 
people live, that the population is in- 
creasing so rapidly, and it is these peo- 
ple, therefore, who must seek the 
American miller for his flour. 

In the state of Washington, tribu- 
tary to Seatte, Tacoma and Portland, 
there are nearly seventy mills, with a 
total daily barrel capacity of about 12,- 
000. Washington is, therefore, easily 
able to care for the Oriental demand at 
the present time, and will probably for 
some time to come. Of the flour mills 
in Washington, Seattle has four and 
many directly tributary, and much of 
this flour is used to fill the Oriental 
orders. As the demand increases, Se- 
attle must build more mills. She will 
grow along this line, as she will along 
every other line, and with shipping 
facilities — which are sadly lacking at 
the present time — will become a mil- 
ling center of more than ordinary im- 
portance. 

The Great Northern have recently is- 
sued a very handsome book under the 
title of "Greater America," which will 
be sent free on application to J. W. 
Blabon, Western Traffic Manager, or 
to R. C. Stevens, G. N. R. A., at Se- 
attle, Wash. 

The Magnificent Train Service, 

The trip across America by the Great 
Northern's "Flyer" from Seattle to St. 



Paul and Minneapolis, having direct 
connections with fast trains for Chi- 
cago, New York, Boston and all East- 
ern and Southern points, is a trip of a 
life time. These trains of the Great 
Northern are unexcelled for conveni- 
ence, luxury and speed. The new ser- 
vice just inaugurated is a step consid- 
erably in advance of all other trans- 
continental lines both in the reduction 
in actual running time and in the very 
elaborate style which is maintained. 
Time cards and illustrated information 
can be secured from all railway and 
steamship agents, or by writing to J. 
W. BlaJbon, or R. C. Stevens, at Se- 
attle. 

Furnish Much Information. 

The Great Northern, through its 
General Passenger Agent, is publishing 
a vast amount of most excellent infor- 
mation in relation to the country tra- 
versed by the Great Northern and also 
about the Orient. Their recent publi- 
cation, "Greater America," is replete 
with matter concerning the trade with 
the Orient and is a most valuable work 
to possess. It contains the merchant 
marine of the world, the new colonies 
of the United States and a lot of other 
information along the same line. It 
will be sent free on application to F. I. 
Whitney, General Passenger and Tick- 
et Agent, St. Paul, Minn., or by J. W. 
Blabon, of Seattle, Wash. 






THE SEATTLE DAILY TIMES. 



Nothing could be more apropos in a and downs. It floundered in an uncer- 
magazine of this character than a brief tain way, under various managements, 
reference to the Seattle Daily Times until August, 1896, when it passed into 




The Seattle Daily Times— Exterior of the Building. 



itself, particularly as it has grown to 
be so much a part of Seattle and West- 
ern Washington, and in every sense of 
the word typifies the character of 
Western growth and energy. It is un- 
necessary to go into the early history 
of the paper save in a brief way. Its 
early struggles and trials have no part 
in the period which will be spoken of. 
Like other concerns, it had its ups 



the control of the present proprietors, 
at whose head was Col. Alden J. 
Blethen, formerly of Minneapolis. 
Minn., and a man of pronounced news- 
paper experience. The paper prior to 
its purchase by Col. Blethen was in no 
sense a newspaper. Its circulation, as 
a consequence, was inconsiderable, and 
its influence next to nothing. The 
city had a need for a truly representa- 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



169 



tive newspaper, a paper for all the 
people, and one which, while giving 
■all the news, would be fearless and 
straightforward in its advocacy of 
measures in which the general public 
had an interest. As newspapers are 
more largely controlled by the great 
public than any other enterprise ex- 
tant, their rise or fall indicates most 
clearly the rating the public gives to 
them, and hence when the present Se- 
attle Daily Times is held up in com- 
j)arison to that paper which passed into 



of Washington. It shows, as nothing 
else could show, that the people have 
been given a newspaper in the full 
sense of the word and that the news- 
paper has been their friend, that it 
has stood for all that has been good 
and fought everything it considered 
bad. It has been fearless, and it has 
been vigorous. The man at its head 
has had the courage of his convictions, 
and has never been afraid to express 
them. Coupled with a strong person- 
ality has been an intimate knowledge 




The Seattle Daily Times— Business Oi pice. 



the control of the present owners, in 
1896, no better object lesson of the 
measure of popular favor can be given 
than to observe first one and then the 
■other. The circulation of The Times 
in 1896 was but 5,000 copies per day; 
the circulation of The Times today is 
23,000 copies per day. These figures 
tell a story stronger than columns of 
type could tell it. It is a mute testi- 
monial of the way The Times has won 
its way into the hearts of the people 
living within the great commonwealth 



of newspaper making. The result is 
what people see today. It needs no 
words to tell the story. 

The growth of The Times under its 
present ownership is one of the most 
conspicuous successes in newspaper 
publishing which has occurred in the 
West. It has been one constant climb 
from August, 1896, to the present. The 
whole office at first was housed into 
small quarters on Yesler Way, which 
would not today be adequate to the 
room used by the editorial department 



170 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



alone. It was soon found necessary to 
move, and when the move was made 
it was to the Boston Block, right into 
the heart of the city, where the office 
still remains. The illustrations of the 
various departments will afford a gen- 
eral idea of how it is arranged, and it 
will also give the reader some general 
idea of the magnitude of a plant such 
as The Times now maintains. There 



groups, of those in each department 
are shown. It will be seen that more 
than 100 persons are thus employed 
directly producing The Times newspa- 
per, and the expense in salaries alone 
is very considerable. 

As a matter of fact, to publish The 
Seattle Daily Times requires the ex- 
penditure of more than $13,000 every 
month. 




The Seattle Daily Times— Library and Editor's Private Office. 



are those, probably, who have but a 
faint idea of the expense and labor 
attached to publishing a newspaper 
such as The Times has grown to be. 
These illustrations will give them an 
idea. They include the press room, 
the stereotype room, the mail room, 
the composing room, the type-setting 
machines, the various editorial depart- 
ments and the business office. Besides 
these general pictures, portraits, in 



The circulation of The Times now 
extends to all parts of the State, and 
when the Daily cannot be served to 
patrons either by agent or through 
the mail. The Weekly Times makes 
him a visit fifty-two times a» year and 
serves him with all the news which 
has previously been printed in the 
Daily. Thus The Times has grown to 
be a power in the State, but from the 
constant growth of its circulation the 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



lyr 



great public believe in that power 
and are willing to extend it. They 
have the conviction that the power of 
The Times will never be subserved to 
sinister motives so long as its present 
owners remain at its head. 

The Times has recently added very 
materially to its equipment and to its 
general interior arrangement, and to- 
day it pospesFes the most modern news- 
paper plant in the west. The nianage- 



is now performed. Therefore in build- 
ing up tlie office at The Times every de- 
tail in which time could be saved was 
most carefully observed with the result 
that few esiablishnients have a more 
perfect system. Tiiis reaches through- 
out every department. 

Kecently some additional room was 
secured on the upper floor of the Boston 
Block in which a portion of the editorial 
rooms are located, and an elaborately 




The Seattle Daily Times— Editorial Department. 



ment prides itself upon the fact that 
every inch of space is utilized to the 
best advantage, that the whole space 
of the office, from the press room to the 
editorial room, has been laid out with 
but one central idea — economy of time. 
In publishing a great afternoon news- 
paper such as The Times has grown to 
be, time is everything. Practically 
speaking there exists but six hours in 
which the work, under former condi 
tions requiring from twelve to sixteen, 



filled up private office for the editor-in- 
chief in conjunction with a new ap- 
pointed library, has been created. These 
new rooms now afford more adequate 
quarters, and, as shown in half- tone re- 
productions, are as fine as any modern 
newspaper establishment. 

No single fact demonstrates the strong 
hold upon the people of the northwest 
possessed by The Times, so clearly as- 
an analysis of its circulation. There is 
not a town of any size in any part of 



172 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 




The Seattle Daily Times. 
Assistant Manager Hanimons and Asi:istants in BusinjfS Department. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



175 




■ft- u/ea^o/}^ /'^esse/t^e^ 



The Seattle Daily Times— Managing Editor and Staff. 



^74 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 




P. 



\/ 



/^ 



Z/i.^o>^er/7?rsn ~ /?^/oor/er 




C3. K''^</e/~. ^epe^r/e./:,.,.^ :,.^ 



Seattle Daily Times— The City Editor and Staff of Assistants. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



175 




The Seattle Daily Times— Staff Correspondents. 



176 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 







c l*meron 



The Seattle Daily Times- The City Circulator and Assistants. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



177 




€^^ 



The Seattle Daily Times— The Men who Handle the Out-of-Town Circulation. 



178 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 




The Seattle Daily Time3— The Foreman of the Composing Room and Assistants. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



179 




The Seattle Daily Times— The Men who Operate the Linotype Machines, 



i8o 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 




The Seattle Daily Times-The Men who Make the Stereotype Plates and Operate the Big Press. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



i8i 




The Seattle Daily Times— Views of the Composing Room. 



this great 
state where The 
Times is not de- 
11 vere d by a 
regular carrier 
to subscribers 
the same as in 
this city, and 
there is no 
town even of 
the most meag- 
er importance, 
or those of the 
cross-roads 
order, but have 
regular readers 
of The Times, 
who either re- 
ceive it through 
the mails direct 
or by express 
or from an 
agent. No 
other paper in 
the northwest, 
particularly in 
Wa s h i n g ton, 
has any such 
circulation. It 
is therefore, not 
at all surprising 
that the paper 
possesses a wide 
spreading influ- 
ence and its 
advertising 
space is eagerly 
purchased a t 
prices consider- 
ably in advance 
of the price 
paid otlier pa- 
pers. It is prob- 
ably the only 
paper in the 
West which has 
had to refuse 
the sale of ad- 
vertising space 
during the past 
three months. 



SEATTLE AND THE ORIENT. 



It has grown 
so common 
with The Times 
as to no longer 
create comment 
for fully three 
days a week, 
since the first 
of January, the 
sign "no more 
advertising re- 
ceived for to- 
day," has been 
displayed in 
the business 
office by 10:30 
in the morning. 
These are but 
a few of the 
numerous in- 
dications of 
the wonderful 
and steady 
growth of The 
Times since it 
passed into the 
hands of its 
present owners. 
There is one 
thing which 
the people o f 
Washington 
have become 
convinced of 
and that is that 
a n afternoon 
newspaper i s 
the paper of 
the day and of 
the future ; that 
it is incompar- 
ably superior 
to the morning 
paper in every 
way and is 
destined to take 
the lead on the 
coast from 
henceforth. 




Wherk the Uailv Times is Made. 



SKATTI^E AND THE ORIENT. 



183 




The Seattle Daily Times. 
A few of the sixtj-five boys who deliver the paper to city subscribers. 



INDEX TO CONTENTS. 



^w^ 



PAGE. 

A Bit of History 12 

A Bit of Geography 14 

Across the Mountains to Tide Water... 23 

Adair, Geo. B. & Son 34-36 

Ankenv, R. V 122 

Agen, J. B l.''.l, 132 

Allen, Jay C 15S 

Blethen, Alden, J. (portrait) 4 

Bicycle Paths 29 

Butterworth & Sons 151, 152 

Burke, Thos 153 

Ballinger, Ronald & Battle 154, 153 

Brown, J. K 159 

Bories, Dr. Emil 162 

Clise, J. W. (residence) 110 

C. Sidney Shephard Co 1U2 

Collins Block 97 

Colvin, O. D TS 

Coal Mines 2S 

Crescent Manufacturing Co 60, 61 

Centennial Mill Co 67 

Commercial Street Boiler Works 70 

Cooper & Levy 73, 74 

Carkeek, M. J. (residence) 109 

Collins, Hon. John 117, 13S 

Chilberg, A 126 

Corcoran, Anthony 144 

Diamond Ice Co 65, 66 

Dairying Profitable 103 

Dennv-Corvell Co 112, 113 

Dexter Horton & Co 122,123 

Exports and Imports 26 

Edsen, E. P S7 

Fehren-Marvin Co 105 

Furth, Jacob 121 

First National Bank 128, 129 

Frey-Bruhn Packing Co 133, 134, 135 

Fav. J. P 157 

Great Northern Ry 19, 23, 35, 166, 167 

Gold From Alaska 2S 

Galbraith, Bacon & Co 56 

Gottstein, M & K 67, 6S 

Griffith. James 9) 

Gay, Wilson R. (residence) lOS 

Grondahl, E. L 127 

Godwin, J. W 139 

Galbraith. J. W 142 

Gilm.an, L. C 156 

Harbor Scenes of Seattle 75 

Hall Bros.' Shipyard 61,62 

Hemrich Brewing Co 71 

Hotel Seattle ^2 

Hotel Stevens S3 

Hotel Accommodations 107 

Haller, Col. G. O. (residence) 109 

Hoge, Jas. D., Jr 140 

Hotel Butler 145, 146 

Introduction ., 5 

Interesting Scenes in Western Wash — 19 

In Navy Yard, Puget Sound 41 

In a Washington Logging Camp.. 43, 44, 46 

James Street 59 

King County Court House 29 

Kerry Lumber Co .83 

Kreielsmeimer Bros 99 

Kinnear Addition 106 

Kinnear, Geo. (residence) 107 

Kelleher, Daniel 160 

Looking North on Third Avenue 27 

List, Frank V 41, 42 

Lilly, Bogardus & Co 92,93 

Looking Down First Avenue 96 

Latimer, N. H 124 

Lowman, J. D 163 

Moran Bros. Co 48, 49, 51, 53, 56 

Mitchell, Lewis & Staver Co 100, 101 

Many New Houses 106 

Moore Investment Co 136, 137, 138 

McKee, W. E 139, 140 

Morrison's 161 

Newell Mill Co 68. 69 

National Bank of Commerce 130 

Northwest Fixture Co 149 

Overlooking City From Beacon Hill 17 



24 5 



PAGE. 

Public Library 28 

Poison Implement Hardware Co 32, 33 

Puget Sound Fisl. -s 33 

Puget Sound New Co 63 

Pacific Coast Co 76,77,78 

Peterson, Fred H 91 

Port Blakeley 94 

Puget Lumber Co 95, 96 

Pacific Bridge Co 114, 115, 116 

Pacific Clipper Line 119 

Pelly, B. B — 

Puget Sound National Bank 119, 120 

Peterson, M. W 124 

People's Savings Bank 131 

Piles, S. H 157 

Parry, Will H 160 

Railroad Avenue 

Real Estate 1^ 

Rohlfs & Schoder 57 

Rainier Cigar Co 73 

Rowell, Fred Rice S9 

Robinson, Capt. W. W. (residence) lOS 

Root, Milo A 1.5S 

Seattle, Its Past. Present and Future 7 

Some Views of Seattle 11 

Second Avenue 13 

Seattle as a Place of Homes 20 

Some of Our Resources 21 

Scenery on Puget Sound 24 

Seattle Parks 27 

Spencer-Clark Co 29-34 

Seattle's Financial Strength 29 

Scenes Along S. & I. Ry 31 

Seattle Industrially 31 

Scenes Along Southern Pacific Ry 35 

Snoqualmie Power Co 37, 38, 39, 40 

Seattle Cracker and Candy Co 60 

Seattle Brewing and Malting Co.... 63, 61 

Stetson-Post Mill Co 65 

Street Car System 72 

Seattle Transfer Co 74 

Seattle Hardware Co 75,76 

Seattle Gas and Electric Co 79, SO, 81 

Stewart, Geo. M 87, 110 

Sartori, P : 91 

Stetson, G. W. :-esidence) 106 

Schools of Seat ■ Ill 

Seattle's New ~ - ater System 113,116 

Seattle Nationa. Bank 124 

Scandinavian-American Bank 125, 126 

Soelberg. A. H 127 

Seattle Theatre 141 

Schwabacher Hardware Co 142,145 

Schwabacher Bros 143, 144 

The Steamer Oregon 147 

Stewart & Holmes Drug Co 148 

Shephard, Thos. F 153 

Sunset Telephone and Telegraph Co 162 

Stetson. G. W. (portrait) 164 

Seattle Daily Times 168 to 183 

The Size of Seattle 17 

The Climate Very Fine 20 

Tributary Country 21 

The Commerce of Seattle 22 

The Parks of Seattle 2.5 

Transportation Lines 35 

The Timber of Puget Sound 42 

The J. E. Fox Saw Works 60 

The Northern Hotel 61 

Tax Rate 69 

The N. W. Richmond Paper Co 72 

The Trade With the Orient 85 

Two Old Settlers 103 

Trimble. William 107 

Turner, Lester 130 

Tucker, Wilmon 159 

Vulcan Iron Works 103, 104 

Washington Iron Works Co 57, 58 

Wa Chong Co 68 

yv^e Take Tea and Silk 82 

Wilson's Academy 98 

Washington and Alaska S. S. Co.. 141, 142 

Young, M. H 88 

Yesler Estate (Inc.) 150, 152, 153 

91 

























i> . t • r» "^^ 






.<^ 









f^L'^O' ^> 
















9- «K. . 









°o 




HECKMAN 

BINDERY INC. 

# MAY 91 
N. MANCHESTER, 
INDIANA 46962 



